Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/gtkutil.c @ 95186:edfe642dc91c
(locate-dominating-file): Accept non-existing argument.
(project-find-settings-file): Rewrite, using locate-dominating-file.
author | Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca> |
---|---|
date | Thu, 22 May 2008 03:09:34 +0000 |
parents | 8971ddf55736 |
children | 4390d64d3328 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
49323 | 1 /* Functions for creating and updating GTK widgets. |
79759 | 2 Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 |
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
49323 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
49323 | 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
10 (at your option) any later version. |
49323 | 11 |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
49323 | 19 |
20 #include "config.h" | |
21 | |
22 #ifdef USE_GTK | |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <string.h> |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <signal.h> |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <stdio.h> |
49323 | 26 #include "lisp.h" |
27 #include "xterm.h" | |
28 #include "blockinput.h" | |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
29 #include "syssignal.h" |
49323 | 30 #include "window.h" |
31 #include "atimer.h" | |
32 #include "gtkutil.h" | |
33 #include "termhooks.h" | |
51408
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
34 #include "keyboard.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "charset.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "coding.h" |
49323 | 37 #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> |
38 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
39 |
49323 | 40 #define FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT(f) \ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
41 (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f)) |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
42 |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
43 /* Avoid "differ in sign" warnings */ |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
44 #define SSDATA(x) ((char *) SDATA (x)) |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
45 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
46 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
47 /*********************************************************************** |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
48 Display handling functions |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
49 ***********************************************************************/ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
50 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
51 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
52 |
84621 | 53 /* Gtk does not work well without any display open. Emacs may close |
54 all its displays. In that case, keep a display around just for | |
55 the purpose of having one. */ | |
56 | |
57 static GdkDisplay *gdpy_def; | |
58 | |
59 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
60 /* Return the GdkDisplay that corresponds to the X display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
61 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
62 static GdkDisplay * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
63 xg_get_gdk_display (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
64 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
65 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
66 return gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
67 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
68 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
69 /* When the GTK widget W is to be created on a display for F that |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
70 is not the default display, set the display for W. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
71 W can be a GtkMenu or a GtkWindow widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
72 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
73 static void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
74 xg_set_screen (w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
75 GtkWidget *w; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
76 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
77 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
78 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) != GDK_DISPLAY ()) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
79 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
80 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
81 GdkScreen *gscreen = gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
82 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
83 if (GTK_IS_MENU (w)) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
84 gtk_menu_set_screen (GTK_MENU (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
85 else |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
86 gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
87 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
88 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
89 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
90 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
91 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
92 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
93 /* Make some defines so we can use the GTK 2.2 functions when |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
94 compiling with GTK 2.0. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
95 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
96 #define xg_set_screen(w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
97 #define gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display(dpy, w) gdk_xid_table_lookup (w) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
98 #define gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display(dpy, p) gdk_pixmap_foreign_new (p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
99 #define gdk_cursor_new_for_display(dpy, c) gdk_cursor_new (c) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
100 #define gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay(dpy) 0 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
101 #define GdkDisplay void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
102 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
103 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
104 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
105 /* Open a display named by DISPLAY_NAME. The display is returned in *DPY. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
106 *DPY is set to NULL if the display can't be opened. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
107 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
108 Returns non-zero if display could be opened, zero if display could not |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
109 be opened, and less than zero if the GTK version doesn't support |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
110 multipe displays. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
111 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
112 int |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
113 xg_display_open (display_name, dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
114 char *display_name; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
115 Display **dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
116 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
117 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
118 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
119 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
120 gdpy = gdk_display_open (display_name); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
121 *dpy = gdpy ? GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gdpy) : NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
122 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
123 return gdpy != NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
124 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
125 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
126 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
127 return -1; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
128 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
129 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
130 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
131 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
132 /* Close display DPY. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
133 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
134 void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
135 xg_display_close (Display *dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
136 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
137 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
138 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
139 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
140 /* If this is the default display, we must change it before calling |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
141 dispose, otherwise it will crash on some Gtk+ versions. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
142 if (gdk_display_get_default () == gdpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
143 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
144 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
145 Display *new_dpy = 0; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
146 GdkDisplay *gdpy_new; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
147 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
148 /* Find another display. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
149 for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
150 if (dpyinfo->display != dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
151 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
152 new_dpy = dpyinfo->display; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
153 break; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
154 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
155 |
84621 | 156 if (new_dpy) |
157 gdpy_new = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (new_dpy); | |
158 else | |
159 { | |
160 if (!gdpy_def) | |
161 gdpy_def = gdk_display_open (gdk_display_get_name (gdpy)); | |
162 gdpy_new = gdpy_def; | |
163 } | |
164 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
165 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
166 gdpy_new); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
167 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
168 |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
169 /* GTK 2.2-2.8 has a bug that makes gdk_display_close crash (bug |
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
170 http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). This way |
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
171 we can continue running, but there will be memory leaks. */ |
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
172 |
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
173 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION < 10 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
174 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (gdpy)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
175 #else |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
176 /* This seems to be fixed in GTK 2.10. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
177 gdk_display_close (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
178 #endif |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
179 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
180 } |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
181 |
49323 | 182 |
183 /*********************************************************************** | |
184 Utility functions | |
185 ***********************************************************************/ | |
186 /* The timer for scroll bar repetition and menu bar timeouts. | |
187 NULL if no timer is started. */ | |
188 static struct atimer *xg_timer; | |
189 | |
190 | |
191 /* The next two variables and functions are taken from lwlib. */ | |
192 static widget_value *widget_value_free_list; | |
193 static int malloc_cpt; | |
194 | |
195 /* Allocate a widget_value structure, either by taking one from the | |
196 widget_value_free_list or by malloc:ing a new one. | |
197 | |
198 Return a pointer to the allocated structure. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
199 |
49323 | 200 widget_value * |
201 malloc_widget_value () | |
202 { | |
203 widget_value *wv; | |
204 if (widget_value_free_list) | |
205 { | |
206 wv = widget_value_free_list; | |
207 widget_value_free_list = wv->free_list; | |
208 wv->free_list = 0; | |
209 } | |
210 else | |
211 { | |
69025
5d9232b72d14
(malloc_widget_value): Use xmalloc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68922
diff
changeset
|
212 wv = (widget_value *) xmalloc (sizeof (widget_value)); |
49323 | 213 malloc_cpt++; |
214 } | |
215 memset (wv, 0, sizeof (widget_value)); | |
216 return wv; | |
217 } | |
218 | |
219 /* This is analogous to free. It frees only what was allocated | |
220 by malloc_widget_value, and no substructures. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
221 |
49323 | 222 void |
223 free_widget_value (wv) | |
224 widget_value *wv; | |
225 { | |
226 if (wv->free_list) | |
227 abort (); | |
228 | |
229 if (malloc_cpt > 25) | |
230 { | |
231 /* When the number of already allocated cells is too big, | |
232 We free it. */ | |
233 free (wv); | |
234 malloc_cpt--; | |
235 } | |
236 else | |
237 { | |
238 wv->free_list = widget_value_free_list; | |
239 widget_value_free_list = wv; | |
240 } | |
241 } | |
242 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
243 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
244 /* Create and return the cursor to be used for popup menus and |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
245 scroll bars on display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
246 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
247 GdkCursor * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
248 xg_create_default_cursor (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
249 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
250 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
251 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
252 return gdk_cursor_new_for_display (gdpy, GDK_LEFT_PTR); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
253 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
254 |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
255 /* Apply GMASK to GPIX and return a GdkPixbuf with an alpha channel. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
256 |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
257 static GdkPixbuf * |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
258 xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
259 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
260 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
261 GdkColormap *cmap; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
262 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
263 int x, y, width, height, rowstride, mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
264 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf, *tmp_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
265 guchar *pixels; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
266 guchar *mask_pixels; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
267 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
268 gdk_drawable_get_size (gpix, &width, &height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
269 tmp_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, gpix, cmap, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
270 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
271 icon_buf = gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha (tmp_buf, FALSE, 0, 0, 0); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
272 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (tmp_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
273 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
274 if (gmask) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
275 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
276 GdkPixbuf *mask_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
277 gmask, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
278 NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
279 0, 0, 0, 0, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
280 width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
281 guchar *pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
282 guchar *mask_pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
283 int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
284 int mask_rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
285 int y; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
286 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
287 for (y = 0; y < height; ++y) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
288 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
289 guchar *iconptr, *maskptr; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
290 int x; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
291 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
292 iconptr = pixels + y * rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
293 maskptr = mask_pixels + y * mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
294 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
295 for (x = 0; x < width; ++x) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
296 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
297 /* In a bitmap, RGB is either 255/255/255 or 0/0/0. Checking |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
298 just R is sufficient. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
299 if (maskptr[0] == 0) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
300 iconptr[3] = 0; /* 0, 1, 2 is R, G, B. 3 is alpha. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
301 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
302 iconptr += rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
303 maskptr += mask_rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
304 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
305 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
306 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
307 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (mask_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
308 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
309 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
310 return icon_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
311 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
312 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
313 static Lisp_Object |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
314 file_for_image(image) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
315 Lisp_Object image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
316 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
317 Lisp_Object specified_file = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
318 Lisp_Object tail; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
319 extern Lisp_Object QCfile; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
320 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
321 for (tail = XCDR (image); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
322 NILP (specified_file) && CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
323 tail = XCDR (XCDR (tail))) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
324 if (EQ (XCAR (tail), QCfile)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
325 specified_file = XCAR (XCDR (tail)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
326 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
327 return specified_file; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
328 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
329 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
330 /* For the image defined in IMG, make and return a GtkImage. For displays with |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
331 8 planes or less we must make a GdkPixbuf and apply the mask manually. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
332 Otherwise the highlightning and dimming the tool bar code in GTK does |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
333 will look bad. For display with more than 8 planes we just use the |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
334 pixmap and mask directly. For monochrome displays, GTK doesn't seem |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
335 able to use external pixmaps, it looks bad whatever we do. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
336 The image is defined on the display where frame F is. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
337 WIDGET is used to find the GdkColormap to use for the GdkPixbuf. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
338 If OLD_WIDGET is NULL, a new widget is constructed and returned. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
339 If OLD_WIDGET is not NULL, that widget is modified. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
340 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
341 static GtkWidget * |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
342 xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, widget, old_widget) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
343 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
344 struct image *img; |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
345 GtkWidget *widget; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
346 GtkImage *old_widget; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
347 { |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
348 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
349 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
350 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
351 GdkColormap *cmap; |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
352 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
353 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
354 /* If we have a file, let GTK do all the image handling. |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
355 This seems to be the only way to make insensitive and activated icons |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
356 look good in all cases. */ |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
357 Lisp_Object specified_file = file_for_image (img->spec); |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
358 Lisp_Object file; |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
359 |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
360 /* We already loaded the image once before calling this |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
361 function, so this only fails if the image file has been removed. |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
362 In that case, use the pixmap already loaded. */ |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
363 |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
364 if (STRINGP (specified_file) |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
365 && STRINGP (file = x_find_image_file (specified_file))) |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
366 { |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
367 if (! old_widget) |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
368 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_file (SSDATA (file))); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
369 else |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
370 gtk_image_set_from_file (old_widget, SSDATA (file)); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
371 |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
372 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
373 } |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
374 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
375 /* No file, do the image handling ourselves. This will look very bad |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
376 on a monochrome display, and sometimes bad on all displays with |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
377 certain themes. */ |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
378 |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
379 gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
380 gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->pixmap); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
381 gmask = img->mask ? gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->mask) : 0; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
382 |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
383 /* This is a workaround to make icons look good on pseudo color |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
384 displays. Apparently GTK expects the images to have an alpha |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
385 channel. If they don't, insensitive and activated icons will |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
386 look bad. This workaround does not work on monochrome displays, |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
387 and is strictly not needed on true color/static color displays (i.e. |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
388 16 bits and higher). But we do it anyway so we get a pixbuf that is |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
389 not associated with the img->pixmap. The img->pixmap may be removed |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
390 by clearing the image cache and then the tool bar redraw fails, since |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
391 Gtk+ assumes the pixmap is always there. */ |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
392 cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
393 icon_buf = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
394 |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
395 if (! old_widget) |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
396 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (icon_buf)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
397 else |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
398 gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (old_widget, icon_buf); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
399 |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
400 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (icon_buf)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
401 |
56268
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
402 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gpix)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
403 if (gmask) g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gmask)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
404 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
405 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
406 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
407 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
408 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
409 /* Set CURSOR on W and all widgets W contain. We must do like this |
49323 | 410 for scroll bars and menu because they create widgets internally, |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
411 and it is those widgets that are visible. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
412 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
413 static void |
49323 | 414 xg_set_cursor (w, cursor) |
415 GtkWidget *w; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
416 GdkCursor *cursor; |
49323 | 417 { |
418 GList *children = gdk_window_peek_children (w->window); | |
419 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
420 gdk_window_set_cursor (w->window, cursor); |
49323 | 421 |
422 /* The scroll bar widget has more than one GDK window (had to look at | |
423 the source to figure this out), and there is no way to set cursor | |
424 on widgets in GTK. So we must set the cursor for all GDK windows. | |
425 Ditto for menus. */ | |
426 | |
427 for ( ; children; children = g_list_next (children)) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
428 gdk_window_set_cursor (GDK_WINDOW (children->data), cursor); |
49323 | 429 } |
430 | |
431 /* Timer function called when a timeout occurs for xg_timer. | |
432 This function processes all GTK events in a recursive event loop. | |
433 This is done because GTK timer events are not seen by Emacs event | |
434 detection, Emacs only looks for X events. When a scroll bar has the | |
435 pointer (detected by button press/release events below) an Emacs | |
436 timer is started, and this function can then check if the GTK timer | |
437 has expired by calling the GTK event loop. | |
438 Also, when a menu is active, it has a small timeout before it | |
439 pops down the sub menu under it. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
440 |
49323 | 441 static void |
442 xg_process_timeouts (timer) | |
443 struct atimer *timer; | |
444 { | |
445 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
446 /* Ideally we would like to just handle timer events, like the Xt version | |
447 of this does in xterm.c, but there is no such feature in GTK. */ | |
448 while (gtk_events_pending ()) | |
449 gtk_main_iteration (); | |
450 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
451 } | |
452 | |
453 /* Start the xg_timer with an interval of 0.1 seconds, if not already started. | |
454 xg_process_timeouts is called when the timer expires. The timer | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
455 started is continuous, i.e. runs until xg_stop_timer is called. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
456 |
49323 | 457 static void |
458 xg_start_timer () | |
459 { | |
460 if (! xg_timer) | |
461 { | |
462 EMACS_TIME interval; | |
463 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000); | |
464 xg_timer = start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, | |
465 interval, | |
466 xg_process_timeouts, | |
467 0); | |
468 } | |
469 } | |
470 | |
471 /* Stop the xg_timer if started. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
472 |
49323 | 473 static void |
474 xg_stop_timer () | |
475 { | |
476 if (xg_timer) | |
477 { | |
478 cancel_atimer (xg_timer); | |
479 xg_timer = 0; | |
480 } | |
481 } | |
482 | |
483 /* Insert NODE into linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
484 |
49323 | 485 static void |
486 xg_list_insert (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
487 { | |
488 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
489 |
49323 | 490 if (list_start) list_start->prev = node; |
491 node->next = list_start; | |
492 node->prev = 0; | |
493 list->next = node; | |
494 } | |
495 | |
496 /* Remove NODE from linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
497 |
49323 | 498 static void |
499 xg_list_remove (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
500 { | |
501 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
502 if (node == list_start) | |
503 { | |
504 list->next = node->next; | |
505 if (list->next) list->next->prev = 0; | |
506 } | |
507 else | |
508 { | |
509 node->prev->next = node->next; | |
510 if (node->next) node->next->prev = node->prev; | |
511 } | |
512 } | |
513 | |
514 /* Allocate and return a utf8 version of STR. If STR is already | |
515 utf8 or NULL, just return STR. | |
516 If not, a new string is allocated and the caller must free the result | |
517 with g_free. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
518 |
49323 | 519 static char * |
520 get_utf8_string (str) | |
521 char *str; | |
522 { | |
523 char *utf8_str = str; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
524 |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
525 if (!str) return NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
526 |
49323 | 527 /* If not UTF-8, try current locale. */ |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
528 if (!g_utf8_validate (str, -1, NULL)) |
49323 | 529 utf8_str = g_locale_to_utf8 (str, -1, 0, 0, 0); |
530 | |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
531 if (!utf8_str) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
532 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
533 /* Probably some control characters in str. Escape them. */ |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
534 size_t nr_bad = 0; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
535 gsize bytes_read; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
536 gsize bytes_written; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
537 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)str; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
538 char *cp, *up; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
539 GError *error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
540 |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
541 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
542 &bytes_written, &error)) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
543 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
544 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
545 ++nr_bad; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
546 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
547 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
548 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
549 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
550 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
551 if (error) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
552 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
553 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
554 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
555 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
556 if (cp) g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
557 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
558 up = utf8_str = xmalloc (strlen (str) + nr_bad * 4 + 1); |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
559 p = (unsigned char *)str; |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
560 |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
561 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
562 &bytes_written, &error)) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
563 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
564 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
565 strncpy (up, (char *)p, bytes_written); |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
566 sprintf (up + bytes_written, "\\%03o", p[bytes_written]); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
567 up[bytes_written+4] = '\0'; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
568 up += bytes_written+4; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
569 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
570 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
571 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
572 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
573 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
574 if (cp) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
575 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
576 strcat (utf8_str, cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
577 g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
578 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
579 if (error) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
580 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
581 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
582 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
583 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
584 } |
49323 | 585 return utf8_str; |
586 } | |
587 | |
588 | |
589 | |
590 /*********************************************************************** | |
591 General functions for creating widgets, resizing, events, e.t.c. | |
592 ***********************************************************************/ | |
593 | |
594 /* Make a geometry string and pass that to GTK. It seems this is the | |
595 only way to get geometry position right if the user explicitly | |
596 asked for a position when starting Emacs. | |
597 F is the frame we shall set geometry for. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
598 |
49323 | 599 static void |
600 xg_set_geometry (f) | |
601 FRAME_PTR f; | |
602 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
603 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition) |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
604 { |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
605 int left = f->left_pos; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
606 int xneg = f->size_hint_flags & XNegative; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
607 int top = f->top_pos; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
608 int yneg = f->size_hint_flags & YNegative; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
609 char geom_str[32]; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
610 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
611 if (xneg) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
612 left = -left; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
613 if (yneg) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
614 top = -top; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
615 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
616 sprintf (geom_str, "=%dx%d%c%d%c%d", |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
617 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
618 FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
619 (xneg ? '-' : '+'), left, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
620 (yneg ? '-' : '+'), top); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
621 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
622 if (!gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
623 geom_str)) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
624 fprintf (stderr, "Failed to parse: '%s'\n", geom_str); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
625 } |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
626 else if (f->size_hint_flags & PPosition) |
65628
a998f173b21a
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_geometry): Do a gtk_window_move if program
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65006
diff
changeset
|
627 gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
a998f173b21a
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_geometry): Do a gtk_window_move if program
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65006
diff
changeset
|
628 f->left_pos, f->top_pos); |
49323 | 629 } |
630 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
631 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
632 /* Function to handle resize of our frame. As we have a Gtk+ tool bar |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
633 and a Gtk+ menu bar, we get resize events for the edit part of the |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
634 frame only. We let Gtk+ deal with the Gtk+ parts. |
49323 | 635 F is the frame to resize. |
636 PIXELWIDTH, PIXELHEIGHT is the new size in pixels. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
637 |
49323 | 638 void |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
639 xg_frame_resized (f, pixelwidth, pixelheight) |
49323 | 640 FRAME_PTR f; |
641 int pixelwidth, pixelheight; | |
642 { | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
643 int rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, pixelheight); |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
644 int columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, pixelwidth); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
645 |
49323 | 646 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
647 && (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
648 || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
649 || pixelwidth != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
650 || pixelheight != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f))) |
49323 | 651 { |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
652 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
653 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
654 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
655 if (rows != FRAME_LINES (f) || columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
656 || (f->new_text_lines != 0 && f->new_text_lines != rows) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
657 || (f->new_text_cols != 0 && f->new_text_cols != columns)) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
658 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
659 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
660 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
661 cancel_mouse_face (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
662 } |
49323 | 663 } |
664 } | |
665 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
666 /* Process all pending events on the display for frame F. */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
667 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
668 static void |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
669 flush_and_sync (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
670 FRAME_PTR f; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
671 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
672 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
673 x_sync (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
674 while (gtk_events_pending ()) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
675 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
676 gtk_main_iteration (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
677 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
678 x_sync (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
679 } |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
680 } |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
681 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
682 /* Turn wm hints for resize off on frame F */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
683 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
684 static void |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
685 x_wm_size_hint_off (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
686 FRAME_PTR f; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
687 { |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
688 GdkGeometry size_hints; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
689 gint hint_flags = 0; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
690 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
691 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
692 size_hints.width_inc = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
693 size_hints.height_inc = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
694 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
695 size_hints.base_width = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
696 size_hints.base_height = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
697 size_hints.min_width = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
698 size_hints.min_height = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
699 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
700 NULL, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
701 &size_hints, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
702 hint_flags); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
703 /* Make sure these get set again in next call to x_wm_set_size_hint. */ |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
704 f->output_data.x->hint_flags &= ~hint_flags; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
705 flush_and_sync (f); |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
706 } |
49323 | 707 |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
708 /* Resize the outer window of frame F after chainging the height. |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
709 This happend when the menu bar or the tool bar is added or removed. |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
710 COLUMNS/ROWS is the size the edit area shall have after the resize. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
711 |
49323 | 712 void |
713 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, cols, rows) | |
714 FRAME_PTR f; | |
715 int cols; | |
716 int rows; | |
717 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
718 int pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows) |
49323 | 719 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
720 int pixelwidth; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
721 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
722 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) == 0) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
723 return; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
724 |
49323 | 725 /* Take into account the size of the scroll bar. Always use the |
726 number of columns occupied by the scroll bar here otherwise we | |
727 might end up with a frame width that is not a multiple of the | |
728 frame's character width which is bad for vertically split | |
729 windows. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
730 f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
731 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
49323 | 732 |
50099
a62497b91c74
Use generic compute_fringe_widths.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50063
diff
changeset
|
733 compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
49323 | 734 |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
735 /* FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH uses scroll_bar_actual_width, so call it |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
736 after calculating that value. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
737 pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
738 |
49323 | 739 /* Must resize our top level widget. Font size may have changed, |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
740 but not rows/cols. |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
741 Turn wm hints (min/max size and size increments) of temporarly. |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
742 It interferes too much, when for example adding or removing the |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
743 menu/tool bar. */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
744 x_wm_size_hint_off (f); |
49323 | 745 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
746 pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
747 flush_and_sync (f); |
53275
a07a0bae1990
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Call x_wm_set_size_hint.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53069
diff
changeset
|
748 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
49323 | 749 } |
750 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
751 /* Convert an X Window WSESC on display DPY to its corresponding GtkWidget. |
49323 | 752 Must be done like this, because GtkWidget:s can have "hidden" |
753 X Window that aren't accessible. | |
754 | |
755 Return 0 if no widget match WDESC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
756 |
49323 | 757 GtkWidget * |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
758 xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wdesc) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
759 Display *dpy; |
49323 | 760 Window wdesc; |
761 { | |
762 gpointer gdkwin; | |
763 GtkWidget *gwdesc = 0; | |
764 | |
765 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
766 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
767 gdkwin = gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display (gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
768 wdesc); |
49323 | 769 if (gdkwin) |
770 { | |
771 GdkEvent event; | |
772 event.any.window = gdkwin; | |
773 gwdesc = gtk_get_event_widget (&event); | |
774 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
775 |
49323 | 776 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
777 return gwdesc; | |
778 } | |
779 | |
780 /* Fill in the GdkColor C so that it represents PIXEL. | |
781 W is the widget that color will be used for. Used to find colormap. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
782 |
49323 | 783 static void |
784 xg_pix_to_gcolor (w, pixel, c) | |
785 GtkWidget *w; | |
786 unsigned long pixel; | |
787 GdkColor *c; | |
788 { | |
789 GdkColormap *map = gtk_widget_get_colormap (w); | |
790 gdk_colormap_query_color (map, pixel, c); | |
791 } | |
792 | |
793 /* Create and set up the GTK widgets for frame F. | |
794 Return 0 if creation failed, non-zero otherwise. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
795 |
49323 | 796 int |
797 xg_create_frame_widgets (f) | |
798 FRAME_PTR f; | |
799 { | |
800 GtkWidget *wtop; | |
801 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
802 GtkWidget *wfixed; | |
803 GdkColor bg; | |
804 GtkRcStyle *style; | |
805 int i; | |
806 char *title = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
807 |
49323 | 808 BLOCK_INPUT; |
809 | |
91632
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
810 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f)) |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
811 wtop = gtk_plug_new (f->output_data.x->parent_desc); |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
812 else |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
813 wtop = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
814 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
815 xg_set_screen (wtop, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
816 |
49323 | 817 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
818 wfixed = gtk_fixed_new (); /* Must have this to place scroll bars */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
819 |
49323 | 820 if (! wtop || ! wvbox || ! wfixed) |
821 { | |
822 if (wtop) gtk_widget_destroy (wtop); | |
823 if (wvbox) gtk_widget_destroy (wvbox); | |
824 if (wfixed) gtk_widget_destroy (wfixed); | |
825 | |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
826 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
49323 | 827 return 0; |
828 } | |
829 | |
830 /* Use same names as the Xt port does. I.e. Emacs.pane.emacs by default */ | |
831 gtk_widget_set_name (wtop, EMACS_CLASS); | |
832 gtk_widget_set_name (wvbox, "pane"); | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
833 gtk_widget_set_name (wfixed, SSDATA (Vx_resource_name)); |
49323 | 834 |
835 /* If this frame has a title or name, set it in the title bar. */ | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
836 if (! NILP (f->title)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->title)); |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
837 else if (! NILP (f->name)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->name)); |
49323 | 838 |
839 if (title) gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), title); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
840 |
49323 | 841 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = wtop; |
842 FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) = wfixed; | |
843 f->output_data.x->vbox_widget = wvbox; | |
844 | |
845 gtk_fixed_set_has_window (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), TRUE); | |
846 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
847 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wfixed, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
848 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
849 |
49323 | 850 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wtop), wvbox); |
851 gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (wvbox), wfixed, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
852 | |
853 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f)) | |
854 update_frame_tool_bar (f); | |
855 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
856 /* We don't want this widget double buffered, because we draw on it |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
857 with regular X drawing primitives, so from a GTK/GDK point of |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
858 view, the widget is totally blank. When an expose comes, this |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
859 will make the widget blank, and then Emacs redraws it. This flickers |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
860 a lot, so we turn off double buffering. */ |
49323 | 861 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (wfixed, FALSE); |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
862 |
49323 | 863 /* GTK documents says use gtk_window_set_resizable. But then a user |
864 can't shrink the window from its starting size. */ | |
865 gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), TRUE, TRUE, TRUE); | |
866 gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
867 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name), |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
868 SSDATA (Vx_resource_class)); |
49323 | 869 |
870 /* Add callback to do nothing on WM_DELETE_WINDOW. The default in | |
871 GTK is to destroy the widget. We want Emacs to do that instead. */ | |
872 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtop), "delete-event", | |
873 G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
874 |
49323 | 875 /* Convert our geometry parameters into a geometry string |
876 and specify it. | |
877 GTK will itself handle calculating the real position this way. */ | |
878 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
879 | |
880 gtk_widget_add_events (wfixed, | |
881 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | |
882 | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | |
883 | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | |
884 | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | |
885 | GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK | |
886 | GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK | |
887 | GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK | |
888 | GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK | |
889 | GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK | |
890 | GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK); | |
891 | |
892 /* Must realize the windows so the X window gets created. It is used | |
893 by callers of this function. */ | |
894 gtk_widget_realize (wfixed); | |
895 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (wfixed); | |
896 | |
897 /* Since GTK clears its window by filling with the background color, | |
898 we must keep X and GTK background in sync. */ | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
899 xg_pix_to_gcolor (wfixed, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f), &bg); |
49323 | 900 gtk_widget_modify_bg (wfixed, GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &bg); |
901 | |
902 /* Also, do not let any background pixmap to be set, this looks very | |
903 bad as Emacs overwrites the background pixmap with its own idea | |
904 of background color. */ | |
905 style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (wfixed); | |
906 | |
907 /* Must use g_strdup because gtk_widget_modify_style does g_free. */ | |
908 style->bg_pixmap_name[GTK_STATE_NORMAL] = g_strdup ("<none>"); | |
909 gtk_widget_modify_style (wfixed, style); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
910 |
49323 | 911 /* GTK does not set any border, and they look bad with GTK. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
912 f->border_width = 0; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
913 f->internal_border_width = 0; |
49323 | 914 |
915 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
916 | |
917 return 1; | |
918 } | |
919 | |
920 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. | |
921 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
922 that the window now has. | |
923 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the User Position | |
924 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
925 |
49323 | 926 void |
927 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) | |
928 FRAME_PTR f; | |
929 long flags; | |
930 int user_position; | |
931 { | |
932 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) | |
933 { | |
934 /* Must use GTK routines here, otherwise GTK resets the size hints | |
935 to its own defaults. */ | |
936 GdkGeometry size_hints; | |
937 gint hint_flags = 0; | |
938 int base_width, base_height; | |
939 int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
940 int win_gravity = f->win_gravity; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
941 |
49323 | 942 if (flags) |
943 { | |
944 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); | |
945 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; | |
946 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; | |
947 } | |
948 else | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
949 flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
950 |
49323 | 951 size_hints = f->output_data.x->size_hints; |
952 hint_flags = f->output_data.x->hint_flags; | |
953 | |
954 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
955 size_hints.width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
956 size_hints.height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
49323 | 957 |
958 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
959 base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
960 base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
961 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
49323 | 962 |
963 check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); | |
964 | |
965 size_hints.base_width = base_width; | |
966 size_hints.base_height = base_height; | |
967 size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; | |
968 size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; | |
969 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
970 |
49323 | 971 /* These currently have a one to one mapping with the X values, but I |
972 don't think we should rely on that. */ | |
973 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_WIN_GRAVITY; | |
974 size_hints.win_gravity = 0; | |
975 if (win_gravity == NorthWestGravity) | |
976 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST; | |
977 else if (win_gravity == NorthGravity) | |
978 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH; | |
979 else if (win_gravity == NorthEastGravity) | |
980 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST; | |
981 else if (win_gravity == WestGravity) | |
982 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_WEST; | |
983 else if (win_gravity == CenterGravity) | |
984 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER; | |
985 else if (win_gravity == EastGravity) | |
986 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_EAST; | |
987 else if (win_gravity == SouthWestGravity) | |
988 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST; | |
989 else if (win_gravity == SouthGravity) | |
990 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH; | |
991 else if (win_gravity == SouthEastGravity) | |
992 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST; | |
993 else if (win_gravity == StaticGravity) | |
994 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC; | |
995 | |
996 if (flags & PPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_POS; | |
997 if (flags & USPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; | |
998 if (flags & USSize) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE; | |
999 | |
1000 if (user_position) | |
1001 { | |
1002 hint_flags &= ~GDK_HINT_POS; | |
1003 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; | |
1004 } | |
1005 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1006 if (hint_flags != f->output_data.x->hint_flags |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1007 || memcmp (&size_hints, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1008 &f->output_data.x->size_hints, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1009 sizeof (size_hints)) != 0) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1010 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1011 BLOCK_INPUT; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1012 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1013 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
1014 NULL, |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1015 &size_hints, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1016 hint_flags); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1017 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1018 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1019 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1020 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
1021 } |
49323 | 1022 } |
1023 } | |
1024 | |
1025 /* Change background color of a frame. | |
1026 Since GTK uses the background colour to clear the window, we must | |
1027 keep the GTK and X colors in sync. | |
1028 F is the frame to change, | |
1029 BG is the pixel value to change to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1030 |
49323 | 1031 void |
1032 xg_set_background_color (f, bg) | |
1033 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1034 unsigned long bg; | |
1035 { | |
1036 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
1037 { | |
1038 GdkColor gdk_bg; | |
1039 | |
1040 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1041 xg_pix_to_gcolor (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), bg, &gdk_bg); | |
1042 gtk_widget_modify_bg (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &gdk_bg); | |
1043 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1044 } | |
1045 } | |
1046 | |
1047 | |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1048 /* Set the frame icon to ICON_PIXMAP/MASK. This must be done with GTK |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1049 functions so GTK does not overwrite the icon. */ |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1050 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1051 void |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1052 xg_set_frame_icon (f, icon_pixmap, icon_mask) |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1053 FRAME_PTR f; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1054 Pixmap icon_pixmap; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1055 Pixmap icon_mask; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1056 { |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1057 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1058 GdkPixmap *gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_pixmap); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1059 GdkPixmap *gmask = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_mask); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1060 GdkPixbuf *gp = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, NULL); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1061 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1062 gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), gp); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1063 } |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1064 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1065 |
49323 | 1066 |
1067 /*********************************************************************** | |
1068 Dialog functions | |
1069 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1070 /* Return the dialog title to use for a dialog of type KEY. | |
1071 This is the encoding used by lwlib. We use the same for GTK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1072 |
49323 | 1073 static char * |
1074 get_dialog_title (char key) | |
1075 { | |
1076 char *title = ""; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1077 |
49323 | 1078 switch (key) { |
1079 case 'E': case 'e': | |
1080 title = "Error"; | |
1081 break; | |
1082 | |
1083 case 'I': case 'i': | |
1084 title = "Information"; | |
1085 break; | |
1086 | |
1087 case 'L': case 'l': | |
1088 title = "Prompt"; | |
1089 break; | |
1090 | |
1091 case 'P': case 'p': | |
1092 title = "Prompt"; | |
1093 break; | |
1094 | |
1095 case 'Q': case 'q': | |
1096 title = "Question"; | |
1097 break; | |
1098 } | |
1099 | |
1100 return title; | |
1101 } | |
1102 | |
1103 /* Callback for dialogs that get WM_DELETE_WINDOW. We pop down | |
1104 the dialog, but return TRUE so the event does not propagate further | |
1105 in GTK. This prevents GTK from destroying the dialog widget automatically | |
1106 and we can always destrou the widget manually, regardles of how | |
1107 it was popped down (button press or WM_DELETE_WINDOW). | |
1108 W is the dialog widget. | |
1109 EVENT is the GdkEvent that represents WM_DELETE_WINDOW (not used). | |
1110 user_data is NULL (not used). | |
1111 | |
1112 Returns TRUE to end propagation of event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1113 |
49323 | 1114 static gboolean |
1115 dialog_delete_callback (w, event, user_data) | |
1116 GtkWidget *w; | |
1117 GdkEvent *event; | |
1118 gpointer user_data; | |
1119 { | |
1120 gtk_widget_unmap (w); | |
1121 return TRUE; | |
1122 } | |
1123 | |
1124 /* Create a popup dialog window. See also xg_create_widget below. | |
1125 WV is a widget_value describing the dialog. | |
1126 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a button has been pressed. | |
1127 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when the dialog pops down. | |
1128 | |
1129 Returns the GTK dialog widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1130 |
49323 | 1131 static GtkWidget * |
1132 create_dialog (wv, select_cb, deactivate_cb) | |
1133 widget_value *wv; | |
1134 GCallback select_cb; | |
1135 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
1136 { | |
1137 char *title = get_dialog_title (wv->name[0]); | |
1138 int total_buttons = wv->name[1] - '0'; | |
1139 int right_buttons = wv->name[4] - '0'; | |
1140 int left_buttons; | |
1141 int button_nr = 0; | |
1142 int button_spacing = 10; | |
1143 GtkWidget *wdialog = gtk_dialog_new (); | |
1144 widget_value *item; | |
1145 GtkBox *cur_box; | |
1146 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
1147 GtkWidget *whbox_up; | |
1148 GtkWidget *whbox_down; | |
1149 | |
1150 /* If the number of buttons is greater than 4, make two rows of buttons | |
1151 instead. This looks better. */ | |
1152 int make_two_rows = total_buttons > 4; | |
1153 | |
1154 if (right_buttons == 0) right_buttons = total_buttons/2; | |
1155 left_buttons = total_buttons - right_buttons; | |
1156 | |
1157 gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wdialog), title); | |
1158 gtk_widget_set_name (wdialog, "emacs-dialog"); | |
1159 | |
1160 cur_box = GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->action_area); | |
1161 | |
1162 if (make_two_rows) | |
1163 { | |
1164 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1165 whbox_up = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1166 whbox_down = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1167 | |
1168 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, wvbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1169 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_up, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1170 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_down, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1171 | |
1172 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_up); | |
1173 } | |
1174 | |
1175 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "delete-event", | |
1176 G_CALLBACK (dialog_delete_callback), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1177 |
49323 | 1178 if (deactivate_cb) |
1179 { | |
1180 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "close", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1181 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "response", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1182 } | |
1183 | |
1184 for (item = wv->contents; item; item = item->next) | |
1185 { | |
1186 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->value); | |
1187 GtkWidget *w; | |
1188 GtkRequisition req; | |
1189 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1190 if (item->name && strcmp (item->name, "message") == 0) |
49323 | 1191 { |
1192 /* This is the text part of the dialog. */ | |
1193 w = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); | |
1194 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1195 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1196 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1197 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), w, | |
1198 TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
1199 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (w), 0.1, 0.5); | |
1200 | |
1201 /* Try to make dialog look better. Must realize first so | |
1202 the widget can calculate the size it needs. */ | |
1203 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
1204 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); | |
1205 gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1206 req.height); | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1207 if (item->value && strlen (item->value) > 0) |
49323 | 1208 button_spacing = 2*req.width/strlen (item->value); |
1209 } | |
1210 else | |
1211 { | |
1212 /* This is one button to add to the dialog. */ | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1213 w = gtk_button_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1214 if (! item->enabled) |
1215 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1216 if (select_cb) | |
1217 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "clicked", | |
1218 select_cb, item->call_data); | |
1219 | |
1220 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, w, TRUE, TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1221 if (++button_nr == left_buttons) | |
1222 { | |
1223 if (make_two_rows) | |
1224 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_down); | |
1225 else | |
1226 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, | |
1227 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1228 TRUE, TRUE, | |
1229 button_spacing); | |
1230 } | |
1231 } | |
1232 | |
1233 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->value) | |
1234 g_free (utf8_label); | |
1235 } | |
1236 | |
1237 return wdialog; | |
1238 } | |
1239 | |
1240 | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1241 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1242 /*********************************************************************** |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1243 File dialog functions |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1244 ***********************************************************************/ |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1245 /* Return non-zero if the old file selection dialog is being used. |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1246 Return zero if not. */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1247 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1248 int |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1249 xg_uses_old_file_dialog () |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1250 { |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1251 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH |
72963
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1252 extern int x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1253 return x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1254 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1255 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1256 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1257 return 1; |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1258 #else |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1259 return 0; |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1260 #endif |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1261 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1262 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1263 } |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1264 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1265 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1266 /* Function that is called when the file dialog pops down. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1267 W is the dialog widget, RESPONSE is the response code. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1268 USER_DATA is what we passed in to g_signal_connect (pointer to int). */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1269 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1270 static void |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1271 xg_file_response_cb (w, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1272 response, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1273 user_data) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1274 GtkDialog *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1275 gint response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1276 gpointer user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1277 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1278 int *ptr = (int *) user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1279 *ptr = response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1280 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1281 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1282 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1283 /* Destroy the dialog. This makes it pop down. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1284 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1285 static Lisp_Object |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1286 pop_down_file_dialog (arg) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1287 Lisp_Object arg; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1288 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1289 struct Lisp_Save_Value *p = XSAVE_VALUE (arg); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1290 BLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1291 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (p->pointer)); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1292 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1293 return Qnil; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1294 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1295 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1296 typedef char * (*xg_get_file_func) P_ ((GtkWidget *)); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1297 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1298 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1299 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1300 /* Return the selected file for file chooser dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1301 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1302 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1303 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1304 xg_get_file_name_from_chooser (w) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1305 GtkWidget *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1306 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1307 return gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (w)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1308 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1309 |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1310 /* Callback called when the "Show hidden files" toggle is pressed. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1311 WIDGET is the toggle widget, DATA is the file chooser dialog. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1312 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1313 static void |
67849 | 1314 xg_toggle_visibility_cb (widget, data) |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1315 GtkWidget *widget; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1316 gpointer data; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1317 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1318 GtkFileChooser *dialog = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (data); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1319 gboolean visible; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1320 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1321 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", !visible, NULL); |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1322 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1323 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1324 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1325 /* Callback called when a property changes in a file chooser. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1326 GOBJECT is the file chooser dialog, ARG1 describes the property. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1327 USER_DATA is the toggle widget in the file chooser dialog. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1328 We use this to update the "Show hidden files" toggle when the user |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1329 changes that property by right clicking in the file list. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1330 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1331 static void |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1332 xg_toggle_notify_cb (gobject, arg1, user_data) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1333 GObject *gobject; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1334 GParamSpec *arg1; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1335 gpointer user_data; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1336 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1337 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1338 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1339 if (strcmp (arg1->name, "show-hidden") == 0) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1340 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1341 GtkFileChooser *dialog = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1342 GtkWidget *wtoggle = GTK_WIDGET (user_data); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1343 gboolean visible, toggle_on; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1344 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1345 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (gobject), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1346 toggle_on = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle)); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1347 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1348 if (!!visible != !!toggle_on) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1349 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1350 g_signal_handlers_block_by_func (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1351 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1352 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1353 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), visible); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1354 g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1355 (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1356 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1357 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1358 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1359 x_gtk_show_hidden_files = visible; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1360 } |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1361 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1362 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1363 /* Read a file name from the user using a file chooser dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1364 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1365 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1366 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1367 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1368 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1369 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1370 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1371 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1372 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1373 static GtkWidget * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1374 xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1375 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1376 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1377 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1378 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1379 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1380 xg_get_file_func *func; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1381 { |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1382 char message[1024]; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1383 |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1384 GtkWidget *filewin, *wtoggle, *wbox, *wmessage; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1385 GtkWindow *gwin = GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1386 GtkFileChooserAction action = (mustmatch_p ? |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1387 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN : |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1388 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1389 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1390 extern int x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text; |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1391 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1392 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1393 if (only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1394 action = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1395 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1396 filewin = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (prompt, gwin, action, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1397 GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1398 (mustmatch_p || only_dir_p ? |
57900
a76858072e78
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Use GTK_STOCK_OK instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57868
diff
changeset
|
1399 GTK_STOCK_OPEN : GTK_STOCK_OK), |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1400 GTK_RESPONSE_OK, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1401 NULL); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1402 gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), TRUE); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1403 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1404 wbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1405 gtk_widget_show (wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1406 wtoggle = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Show hidden files."); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1407 |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1408 if (x_gtk_show_hidden_files) |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1409 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1410 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (filewin), "show-hidden", TRUE, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1411 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), TRUE); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1412 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1413 gtk_widget_show (wtoggle); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1414 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), "clicked", |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1415 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), filewin); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1416 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (filewin), "notify", |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1417 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_notify_cb), wtoggle); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1418 |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1419 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1420 { |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1421 message[0] = '\0'; |
73048
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1422 /* Gtk+ 2.10 has the file name text entry box integrated in the dialog. |
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1423 Show the C-l help text only for versions < 2.10. */ |
73066 | 1424 if (gtk_check_version (2, 10, 0) && action != GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1425 strcat (message, "\nType C-l to display a file name text entry box.\n"); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1426 strcat (message, "\nIf you don't like this file selector, use the " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1427 "corresponding\nkey binding or customize " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1428 "use-file-dialog to turn it off."); |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1429 |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1430 wmessage = gtk_label_new (message); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1431 gtk_widget_show (wmessage); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1432 } |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1433 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1434 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wtoggle, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1435 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1436 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wmessage, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1437 gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1438 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1439 if (default_filename) |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1440 { |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1441 Lisp_Object file; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1442 struct gcpro gcpro1; |
78781
415fda17ec8f
(xg_get_file_with_chooser): Move GCPRO1 after declarations
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78762
diff
changeset
|
1443 char *utf8_filename; |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1444 GCPRO1 (file); |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1445 |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1446 file = build_string (default_filename); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1447 |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1448 /* File chooser does not understand ~/... in the file name. It must be |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1449 an absolute name starting with /. */ |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1450 if (default_filename[0] != '/') |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1451 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1452 |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1453 utf8_filename = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (file)); |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1454 if (! NILP (Ffile_directory_p (file))) |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1455 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1456 utf8_filename); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1457 else |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1458 { |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1459 gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1460 utf8_filename); |
72637
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1461 if (action == GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1462 { |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1463 char *cp = strrchr (utf8_filename, '/'); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1464 if (cp) ++cp; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1465 else cp = utf8_filename; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1466 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), cp); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1467 } |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1468 } |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1469 |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1470 UNGCPRO; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1471 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1472 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1473 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_chooser; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1474 return filewin; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1475 } |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1476 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1477 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1478 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1479 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1480 /* Return the selected file for file selector dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1481 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1482 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1483 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1484 xg_get_file_name_from_selector (w) |
49323 | 1485 GtkWidget *w; |
1486 { | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1487 GtkFileSelection *filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1488 return xstrdup ((char*) gtk_file_selection_get_filename (filesel)); |
49323 | 1489 } |
1490 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1491 /* Create a file selection dialog. |
49323 | 1492 F is the current frame. |
1493 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. | |
1494 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. | |
1495 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1496 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1497 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1498 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1499 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1500 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1501 static GtkWidget * |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1502 xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1503 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
49323 | 1504 FRAME_PTR f; |
1505 char *prompt; | |
1506 char *default_filename; | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1507 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1508 xg_get_file_func *func; |
49323 | 1509 { |
1510 GtkWidget *filewin; | |
1511 GtkFileSelection *filesel; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1512 |
49323 | 1513 filewin = gtk_file_selection_new (prompt); |
1514 filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (filewin); | |
1515 | |
1516 if (default_filename) | |
1517 gtk_file_selection_set_filename (filesel, default_filename); | |
1518 | |
1519 if (mustmatch_p) | |
1520 { | |
1521 /* The selection_entry part of filesel is not documented. */ | |
1522 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (filesel->selection_entry, FALSE); | |
1523 gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (filesel); | |
1524 } | |
1525 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1526 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_selector; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1527 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1528 return filewin; |
49323 | 1529 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1530 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1531 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1532 /* Read a file name from the user using a file dialog, either the old |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1533 file selection dialog, or the new file chooser dialog. Which to use |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1534 depends on what the GTK version used has, and what the value of |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1535 gtk-use-old-file-dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1536 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1537 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1538 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1539 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1540 file. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1541 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1542 Returns a file name or NULL if no file was selected. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1543 The returned string must be freed by the caller. */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1544 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1545 char * |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1546 xg_get_file_name (f, prompt, default_filename, mustmatch_p, only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1547 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1548 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1549 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1550 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1551 { |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1552 GtkWidget *w = 0; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1553 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1554 char *fn = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1555 int filesel_done = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1556 xg_get_file_func func; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1557 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1558 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1559 /* I really don't know why this is needed, but without this the GLIBC add on |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1560 library linuxthreads hangs when the Gnome file chooser backend creates |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1561 threads. */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1562 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1563 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1564 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1565 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH |
58463
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1566 |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1567 if (xg_uses_old_file_dialog ()) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1568 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1569 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1570 else |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1571 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1572 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1573 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1574 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1575 |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1576 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1577 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1578 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1579 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1580 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1581 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1582 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1583 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1584 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1585 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1586 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1587 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1588 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-filedialog"); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1589 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1590 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1591 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1592 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1593 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1594 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1595 "response", |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1596 G_CALLBACK (xg_file_response_cb), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1597 &filesel_done); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1598 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1599 /* Don't destroy the widget if closed by the window manager close button. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1600 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1601 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1602 gtk_widget_show (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1603 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1604 record_unwind_protect (pop_down_file_dialog, make_save_value (w, 0)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1605 while (! filesel_done) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1606 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1607 x_menu_wait_for_event (0); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1608 gtk_main_iteration (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1609 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1610 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1611 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1612 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1613 #endif |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1614 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1615 if (filesel_done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1616 fn = (*func) (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1617 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1618 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1619 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1620 return fn; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1621 } |
49323 | 1622 |
1623 | |
1624 /*********************************************************************** | |
1625 Menu functions. | |
1626 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1627 | |
1628 /* The name of menu items that can be used for citomization. Since GTK | |
1629 RC files are very crude and primitive, we have to set this on all | |
1630 menu item names so a user can easily cutomize menu items. */ | |
1631 | |
1632 #define MENU_ITEM_NAME "emacs-menuitem" | |
1633 | |
1634 | |
1635 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1636 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1637 static xg_list_node xg_menu_cb_list; | |
1638 | |
1639 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_item_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1640 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1641 static xg_list_node xg_menu_item_cb_list; | |
1642 | |
1643 /* Allocate and initialize CL_DATA if NULL, otherwise increase ref_count. | |
1644 F is the frame CL_DATA will be initialized for. | |
1645 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1646 | |
1647 The menu bar and all sub menus under the menu bar in a frame | |
1648 share the same structure, hence the reference count. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1649 |
49323 | 1650 Returns CL_DATA if CL_DATA is not NULL, or a pointer to a newly |
1651 allocated xg_menu_cb_data if CL_DATA is NULL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1652 |
49323 | 1653 static xg_menu_cb_data * |
1654 make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1655 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1656 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1657 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1658 { | |
1659 if (! cl_data) | |
1660 { | |
1661 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) xmalloc (sizeof (*cl_data)); | |
1662 cl_data->f = f; | |
1663 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1664 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1665 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1666 cl_data->ref_count = 0; | |
1667 | |
1668 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1669 } | |
1670 | |
1671 cl_data->ref_count++; | |
1672 | |
1673 return cl_data; | |
1674 } | |
1675 | |
1676 /* Update CL_DATA with values from frame F and with HIGHLIGHT_CB. | |
1677 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1678 | |
1679 When the menu bar is updated, menu items may have been added and/or | |
1680 removed, so menu_bar_vector and menu_bar_items_used change. We must | |
1681 then update CL_DATA since it is used to determine which menu | |
1682 item that is invoked in the menu. | |
1683 HIGHLIGHT_CB could change, there is no check that the same | |
1684 function is given when modifying a menu bar as was given when | |
1685 creating the menu bar. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1686 |
49323 | 1687 static void |
1688 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1689 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1690 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1691 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1692 { | |
1693 if (cl_data) | |
1694 { | |
1695 cl_data->f = f; | |
1696 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1697 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1698 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1699 } | |
1700 } | |
1701 | |
1702 /* Decrease reference count for CL_DATA. | |
1703 If reference count is zero, free CL_DATA. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1704 |
49323 | 1705 static void |
1706 unref_cl_data (cl_data) | |
1707 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1708 { | |
1709 if (cl_data && cl_data->ref_count > 0) | |
1710 { | |
1711 cl_data->ref_count--; | |
1712 if (cl_data->ref_count == 0) | |
1713 { | |
1714 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1715 xfree (cl_data); | |
1716 } | |
1717 } | |
1718 } | |
1719 | |
1720 /* Function that marks all lisp data during GC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1721 |
49323 | 1722 void |
1723 xg_mark_data () | |
1724 { | |
1725 xg_list_node *iter; | |
1726 | |
1727 for (iter = xg_menu_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1728 mark_object (((xg_menu_cb_data *) iter)->menu_bar_vector); |
49323 | 1729 |
1730 for (iter = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
1731 { | |
1732 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) iter; | |
1733 | |
1734 if (! NILP (cb_data->help)) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1735 mark_object (cb_data->help); |
49323 | 1736 } |
1737 } | |
1738 | |
1739 | |
1740 /* Callback called when a menu item is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1741 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1742 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_item_cb_data associated with the W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1743 |
49323 | 1744 static void |
1745 menuitem_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1746 GtkWidget *w; | |
1747 gpointer client_data; | |
1748 { | |
1749 if (client_data) | |
1750 { | |
1751 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) client_data; | |
1752 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &data->ptrs); | |
1753 xfree (data); | |
1754 } | |
1755 } | |
1756 | |
1757 /* Callback called when the pointer enters/leaves a menu item. | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1758 W is the parent of the menu item. |
49323 | 1759 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1760 CLIENT_DATA is not used. |
49323 | 1761 |
1762 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1763 |
49323 | 1764 static gboolean |
1765 menuitem_highlight_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
1766 GtkWidget *w; | |
1767 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
1768 gpointer client_data; | |
1769 { | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1770 GdkEvent ev; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1771 GtkWidget *subwidget; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1772 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1773 |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1774 ev.crossing = *event; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1775 subwidget = gtk_get_event_widget (&ev); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1776 data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (subwidget), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1777 XG_ITEM_DATA); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1778 if (data) |
49323 | 1779 { |
1780 if (! NILP (data->help) && data->cl_data->highlight_cb) | |
1781 { | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1782 gpointer call_data = event->type == GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY ? 0 : data; |
49323 | 1783 GtkCallback func = (GtkCallback) data->cl_data->highlight_cb; |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1784 (*func) (subwidget, call_data); |
49323 | 1785 } |
1786 } | |
1787 | |
1788 return FALSE; | |
1789 } | |
1790 | |
1791 /* Callback called when a menu is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1792 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1793 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_cb_data associated with W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1794 |
49323 | 1795 static void |
1796 menu_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1797 GtkWidget *w; | |
1798 gpointer client_data; | |
1799 { | |
1800 unref_cl_data ((xg_menu_cb_data*) client_data); | |
1801 } | |
1802 | |
1803 /* Callback called when a menu does a grab or ungrab. That means the | |
1804 menu has been activated or deactivated. | |
1805 Used to start a timer so the small timeout the menus in GTK uses before | |
1806 popping down a menu is seen by Emacs (see xg_process_timeouts above). | |
1807 W is the widget that does the grab (not used). | |
1808 UNGRAB_P is TRUE if this is an ungrab, FALSE if it is a grab. | |
1809 CLIENT_DATA is NULL (not used). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1810 |
78744
b342cac5976b
(menu_grab_callback) <cnt>: Move static variable to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78721
diff
changeset
|
1811 /* Keep track of total number of grabs. */ |
78762
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1812 static int menu_grab_callback_cnt; |
78744
b342cac5976b
(menu_grab_callback) <cnt>: Move static variable to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78721
diff
changeset
|
1813 |
49323 | 1814 static void |
1815 menu_grab_callback (GtkWidget *widget, | |
1816 gboolean ungrab_p, | |
1817 gpointer client_data) | |
1818 { | |
78762
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1819 if (ungrab_p) menu_grab_callback_cnt--; |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1820 else menu_grab_callback_cnt++; |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1821 |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1822 if (menu_grab_callback_cnt > 0 && ! xg_timer) xg_start_timer (); |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1823 else if (menu_grab_callback_cnt == 0 && xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); |
49323 | 1824 } |
1825 | |
1826 /* Make a GTK widget that contains both UTF8_LABEL and UTF8_KEY (both | |
1827 must be non-NULL) and can be inserted into a menu item. | |
1828 | |
1829 Returns the GtkHBox. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1830 |
49323 | 1831 static GtkWidget * |
1832 make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key) | |
1833 char *utf8_label; | |
1834 char *utf8_key; | |
1835 { | |
1836 GtkWidget *wlbl; | |
1837 GtkWidget *wkey; | |
1838 GtkWidget *wbox; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1839 |
49323 | 1840 wbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1841 wlbl = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1842 wkey = gtk_label_new (utf8_key); |
1843 | |
1844 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wlbl), 0.0, 0.5); | |
1845 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wkey), 0.0, 0.5); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1846 |
49323 | 1847 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wlbl, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
1848 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wkey, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1849 | |
1850 gtk_widget_set_name (wlbl, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
1851 gtk_widget_set_name (wkey, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1852 gtk_widget_set_name (wbox, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
49323 | 1853 |
1854 return wbox; | |
1855 } | |
1856 | |
1857 /* Make and return a menu item widget with the key to the right. | |
1858 UTF8_LABEL is the text for the menu item (GTK uses UTF8 internally). | |
1859 UTF8_KEY is the text representing the key binding. | |
1860 ITEM is the widget_value describing the menu item. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1861 |
49323 | 1862 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not |
1863 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1864 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1865 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1866 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1867 | |
1868 Unfortunately, keys don't line up as nicely as in Motif, | |
1869 but the MacOS X version doesn't either, so I guess that is OK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1870 |
49323 | 1871 static GtkWidget * |
1872 make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group) | |
1873 char *utf8_label; | |
1874 char *utf8_key; | |
1875 widget_value *item; | |
1876 GSList **group; | |
1877 { | |
1878 GtkWidget *w; | |
1879 GtkWidget *wtoadd = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1880 |
51432
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1881 /* It has been observed that some menu items have a NULL name field. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1882 This will lead to this function being called with a NULL utf8_label. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1883 GTK crashes on that so we set a blank label. Why there is a NULL |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1884 name remains to be investigated. */ |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1885 if (! utf8_label) utf8_label = " "; |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1886 |
49323 | 1887 if (utf8_key) |
1888 wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1889 |
49323 | 1890 if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) |
1891 { | |
1892 *group = NULL; | |
1893 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_check_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1894 else w = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1895 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), item->selected); |
1896 } | |
1897 else if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
1898 { | |
1899 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (*group); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1900 else w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label (*group, utf8_label); |
49323 | 1901 *group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)); |
1902 if (item->selected) | |
1903 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), TRUE); | |
1904 } | |
1905 else | |
1906 { | |
1907 *group = NULL; | |
1908 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1909 else w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1910 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1911 |
49323 | 1912 if (wtoadd) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); |
1913 if (! item->enabled) gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1914 | |
1915 return w; | |
1916 } | |
1917 | |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1918 /* Return non-zero if LABEL specifies a separator (GTK only has one |
49323 | 1919 separator type) */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1920 |
78787
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1921 static char* separator_names[] = { |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1922 "space", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1923 "no-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1924 "single-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1925 "double-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1926 "single-dashed-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1927 "double-dashed-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1928 "shadow-etched-in", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1929 "shadow-etched-out", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1930 "shadow-etched-in-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1931 "shadow-etched-out-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1932 "shadow-double-etched-in", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1933 "shadow-double-etched-out", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1934 "shadow-double-etched-in-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1935 "shadow-double-etched-out-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1936 0, |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1937 }; |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1938 |
49323 | 1939 static int |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1940 xg_separator_p (char *label) |
49323 | 1941 { |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1942 if (! label) return 0; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1943 else if (strlen (label) > 3 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1944 && strncmp (label, "--", 2) == 0 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1945 && label[2] != '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1946 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1947 int i; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1948 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1949 label += 2; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1950 for (i = 0; separator_names[i]; ++i) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1951 if (strcmp (label, separator_names[i]) == 0) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1952 return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1953 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1954 else |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1955 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1956 /* Old-style separator, maybe. It's a separator if it contains |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1957 only dashes. */ |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1958 while (*label == '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1959 ++label; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1960 if (*label == 0) return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1961 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1962 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1963 return 0; |
49323 | 1964 } |
1965 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1966 static int xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1967 |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1968 /* Returns non-zero if there are detached menus. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1969 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1970 int |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1971 xg_have_tear_offs () |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1972 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1973 return xg_detached_menus > 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1974 } |
49323 | 1975 |
1976 /* Callback invoked when a detached menu window is removed. Here we | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1977 decrease the xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 1978 WIDGET is the top level window that is removed (the parent of the menu). |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1979 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1980 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1981 static void |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1982 tearoff_remove (widget, client_data) |
49323 | 1983 GtkWidget *widget; |
1984 gpointer client_data; | |
1985 { | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1986 if (xg_detached_menus > 0) --xg_detached_menus; |
49323 | 1987 } |
1988 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1989 /* Callback invoked when a menu is detached. It increases the |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1990 xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 1991 WIDGET is the GtkTearoffMenuItem. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1992 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
49323 | 1994 static void |
1995 tearoff_activate (widget, client_data) | |
1996 GtkWidget *widget; | |
1997 gpointer client_data; | |
1998 { | |
1999 GtkWidget *menu = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2000 if (gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (menu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2001 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2002 ++xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2003 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)), |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2004 "destroy", |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2005 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_remove), 0); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2006 } |
49323 | 2007 } |
2008 | |
2009 | |
2010 /* Create a menu item widget, and connect the callbacks. | |
2011 ITEM decribes the menu item. | |
2012 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
2013 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2014 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2015 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu. | |
2016 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not | |
2017 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
2018 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
2019 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
2020 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
2021 | |
2022 Returns the created GtkWidget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2023 |
49323 | 2024 static GtkWidget * |
2025 xg_create_one_menuitem (item, f, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data, group) | |
2026 widget_value *item; | |
2027 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2028 GCallback select_cb; | |
2029 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2030 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2031 GSList **group; | |
2032 { | |
2033 char *utf8_label; | |
2034 char *utf8_key; | |
2035 GtkWidget *w; | |
2036 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; | |
2037 | |
2038 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2039 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (item->key); | |
2040 | |
2041 w = make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group); | |
2042 | |
2043 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
2044 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != item->key) g_free (utf8_key); | |
2045 | |
2046 cb_data = xmalloc (sizeof (xg_menu_item_cb_data)); | |
2047 | |
2048 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &cb_data->ptrs); | |
2049 | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2050 cb_data->select_id = 0; |
49323 | 2051 cb_data->help = item->help; |
2052 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
2053 cb_data->call_data = item->call_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2054 |
49323 | 2055 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
2056 "destroy", | |
2057 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_destroy_callback), | |
2058 cb_data); | |
2059 | |
2060 /* Put cb_data in widget, so we can get at it when modifying menubar */ | |
2061 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_ITEM_DATA, cb_data); | |
2062 | |
2063 /* final item, not a submenu */ | |
2064 if (item->call_data && ! item->contents) | |
2065 { | |
2066 if (select_cb) | |
2067 cb_data->select_id | |
2068 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", select_cb, cb_data); | |
2069 } | |
2070 | |
2071 return w; | |
2072 } | |
2073 | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
2074 /* Callback called when keyboard traversal (started by x-menu-bar-open) ends. |
71056
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2075 WMENU is the menu for which traversal has been done. DATA points to the |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2076 frame for WMENU. We must release grabs, some bad interaction between GTK |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2077 and Emacs makes the menus keep the grabs. */ |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2078 |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2079 static void |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2080 menu_nav_ended (wmenu, data) |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2081 GtkMenuShell *wmenu; |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2082 gpointer data; |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2083 { |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2084 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) data; |
71160
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2085 |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2086 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->menubar_widget) |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2087 { |
71056
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2088 GtkMenuShell *w = GTK_MENU_SHELL (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->menubar_widget); |
71160
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2089 Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2090 |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2091 BLOCK_INPUT; |
71056
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2092 gtk_menu_shell_deactivate (w); |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2093 gtk_menu_shell_deselect (w); |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2094 |
71160
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2095 XUngrabKeyboard (dpy, CurrentTime); |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2096 XUngrabPointer (dpy, CurrentTime); |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2097 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2098 } |
71056
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2099 } |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2100 |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2101 |
50112
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2102 static GtkWidget *create_menus P_ ((widget_value *, FRAME_PTR, GCallback, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2103 GCallback, GCallback, int, int, int, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2104 GtkWidget *, xg_menu_cb_data *, char *)); |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2105 |
49323 | 2106 /* Create a full menu tree specified by DATA. |
2107 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
2108 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2109 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2110 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2111 POP_UP_P is non-zero if we shall create a popup menu. | |
2112 MENU_BAR_P is non-zero if we shall create a menu bar. | |
2113 ADD_TEAROFF_P is non-zero if we shall add a teroff menu item. Ignored | |
2114 if MENU_BAR_P is non-zero. | |
2115 TOPMENU is the topmost GtkWidget that others shall be placed under. | |
2116 It may be NULL, in that case we create the appropriate widget | |
2117 (menu bar or menu item depending on POP_UP_P and MENU_BAR_P) | |
2118 CL_DATA is the callback data we shall use for this menu, or NULL | |
2119 if we haven't set the first callback yet. | |
2120 NAME is the name to give to the top level menu if this function | |
2121 creates it. May be NULL to not set any name. | |
2122 | |
2123 Returns the top level GtkWidget. This is TOPLEVEL if TOPLEVEL is | |
2124 not NULL. | |
2125 | |
2126 This function calls itself to create submenus. */ | |
2127 | |
2128 static GtkWidget * | |
2129 create_menus (data, f, select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, | |
2130 pop_up_p, menu_bar_p, add_tearoff_p, topmenu, cl_data, name) | |
2131 widget_value *data; | |
2132 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2133 GCallback select_cb; | |
2134 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2135 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2136 int pop_up_p; | |
2137 int menu_bar_p; | |
2138 int add_tearoff_p; | |
2139 GtkWidget *topmenu; | |
2140 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2141 char *name; | |
2142 { | |
2143 widget_value *item; | |
2144 GtkWidget *wmenu = topmenu; | |
2145 GSList *group = NULL; | |
2146 | |
2147 if (! topmenu) | |
2148 { | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2149 if (! menu_bar_p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2150 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2151 wmenu = gtk_menu_new (); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2152 xg_set_screen (wmenu, f); |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2153 /* Connect this to the menu instead of items so we get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2154 disabled items also. TODO: Still does not get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2155 disabled items in detached menus. */ |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2156 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2157 "enter-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2158 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2159 NULL); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2160 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2161 "leave-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2162 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2163 NULL); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2164 } |
49323 | 2165 else wmenu = gtk_menu_bar_new (); |
2166 | |
71056
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2167 /* Fix up grabs after keyboard traversal ends. */ |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2168 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2169 "selection-done", |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2170 G_CALLBACK (menu_nav_ended), |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2171 f); |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2172 |
49323 | 2173 /* Put cl_data on the top menu for easier access. */ |
2174 cl_data = make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2175 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenu), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)cl_data); | |
2176 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), "destroy", | |
2177 G_CALLBACK (menu_destroy_callback), cl_data); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2178 |
49323 | 2179 if (name) |
2180 gtk_widget_set_name (wmenu, name); | |
2181 | |
2182 if (deactivate_cb) | |
2183 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
59913
b3664fca53d1
* gtkutil.c (create_menus): Connect selection-done event instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59666
diff
changeset
|
2184 "selection-done", deactivate_cb, 0); |
49323 | 2185 |
2186 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
2187 "grab-notify", G_CALLBACK (menu_grab_callback), 0); | |
2188 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2189 |
49323 | 2190 if (! menu_bar_p && add_tearoff_p) |
2191 { | |
2192 GtkWidget *tearoff = gtk_tearoff_menu_item_new (); | |
2193 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), tearoff); | |
2194 | |
2195 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (tearoff), "activate", | |
2196 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_activate), 0); | |
2197 } | |
2198 | |
2199 for (item = data; item; item = item->next) | |
2200 { | |
2201 GtkWidget *w; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2202 |
49323 | 2203 if (pop_up_p && !item->contents && !item->call_data |
2204 && !xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2205 { | |
2206 char *utf8_label; | |
2207 /* A title for a popup. We do the same as GTK does when | |
2208 creating titles, but it does not look good. */ | |
2209 group = NULL; | |
2210 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2211 | |
2212 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (wmenu), utf8_label); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2213 w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2214 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); |
2215 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
2216 } | |
2217 else if (xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2218 { | |
2219 group = NULL; | |
2220 /* GTK only have one separator type. */ | |
2221 w = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); | |
2222 } | |
2223 else | |
2224 { | |
2225 w = xg_create_one_menuitem (item, | |
2226 f, | |
2227 item->contents ? 0 : select_cb, | |
2228 highlight_cb, | |
2229 cl_data, | |
2230 &group); | |
2231 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2232 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2233 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2234 if (item->contents || menu_bar_p) |
49323 | 2235 { |
2236 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (item->contents, | |
2237 f, | |
2238 select_cb, | |
2239 deactivate_cb, | |
2240 highlight_cb, | |
2241 0, | |
2242 0, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2243 add_tearoff_p, |
49323 | 2244 0, |
2245 cl_data, | |
2246 0); | |
2247 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); | |
2248 } | |
2249 } | |
2250 | |
2251 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), w); | |
2252 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
2253 } | |
2254 | |
2255 return wmenu; | |
2256 } | |
2257 | |
2258 /* Create a menubar, popup menu or dialog, depending on the TYPE argument. | |
2259 TYPE can be "menubar", "popup" for popup menu, or "dialog" for a dialog | |
2260 with some text and buttons. | |
2261 F is the frame the created item belongs to. | |
2262 NAME is the name to use for the top widget. | |
2263 VAL is a widget_value structure describing items to be created. | |
2264 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected or | |
2265 a dialog button is pressed. | |
2266 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when an item is deactivated. | |
2267 For a menu, when a sub menu is not shown anymore, for a dialog it is | |
2268 called when the dialog is popped down. | |
2269 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2270 | |
2271 Returns the widget created. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2272 |
49323 | 2273 GtkWidget * |
2274 xg_create_widget (type, name, f, val, | |
2275 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2276 char *type; | |
2277 char *name; | |
2278 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2279 widget_value *val; | |
2280 GCallback select_cb; | |
2281 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2282 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2283 { | |
2284 GtkWidget *w = 0; | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2285 int menu_bar_p = strcmp (type, "menubar") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2286 int pop_up_p = strcmp (type, "popup") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2287 |
49323 | 2288 if (strcmp (type, "dialog") == 0) |
2289 { | |
2290 w = create_dialog (val, select_cb, deactivate_cb); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2291 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
49323 | 2292 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
2293 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); | |
2294 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2295 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-dialog"); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
2296 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
49323 | 2297 } |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2298 else if (menu_bar_p || pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2299 { |
2300 w = create_menus (val->contents, | |
2301 f, | |
2302 select_cb, | |
2303 deactivate_cb, | |
2304 highlight_cb, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2305 pop_up_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2306 menu_bar_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2307 menu_bar_p, |
49323 | 2308 0, |
2309 0, | |
2310 name); | |
2311 | |
2312 /* Set the cursor to an arrow for popup menus when they are mapped. | |
2313 This is done by default for menu bar menus. */ | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2314 if (pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2315 { |
2316 /* Must realize so the GdkWindow inside the widget is created. */ | |
2317 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2318 xg_set_cursor (w, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 2319 } |
2320 } | |
2321 else | |
2322 { | |
2323 fprintf (stderr, "bad type in xg_create_widget: %s, doing nothing\n", | |
2324 type); | |
2325 } | |
2326 | |
2327 return w; | |
2328 } | |
2329 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2330 /* Return the label for menu item WITEM. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2331 |
49323 | 2332 static const char * |
2333 xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) | |
2334 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2335 { | |
2336 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2337 return gtk_label_get_label (wlabel); | |
2338 } | |
2339 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2340 /* Return non-zero if the menu item WITEM has the text LABEL. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2341 |
49323 | 2342 static int |
2343 xg_item_label_same_p (witem, label) | |
2344 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2345 char *label; | |
2346 { | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2347 int is_same = 0; |
49323 | 2348 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (label); |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2349 const char *old_label = witem ? xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) : 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2350 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2351 if (! old_label && ! utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2352 is_same = 1; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2353 else if (old_label && utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2354 is_same = strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) == 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2355 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2356 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2357 |
2358 return is_same; | |
2359 } | |
2360 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2361 /* Destroy widgets in LIST. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2362 |
49323 | 2363 static void |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2364 xg_destroy_widgets (list) |
49323 | 2365 GList *list; |
2366 { | |
2367 GList *iter; | |
2368 | |
49572 | 2369 for (iter = list; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) |
49323 | 2370 { |
2371 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2372 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2373 /* Destroying the widget will remove it from the container it is in. */ |
49323 | 2374 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
2375 } | |
2376 } | |
2377 | |
2378 /* Update the top level names in MENUBAR (i.e. not submenus). | |
2379 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
49572 | 2380 *LIST is a list with the current menu bar names (menu item widgets). |
2381 ITER is the item within *LIST that shall be updated. | |
2382 POS is the numerical position, starting at 0, of ITER in *LIST. | |
49323 | 2383 VAL describes what the menu bar shall look like after the update. |
2384 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2385 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
49572 | 2386 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu bar. |
49323 | 2387 |
2388 This function calls itself to walk through the menu bar names. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2389 |
49323 | 2390 static void |
49572 | 2391 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
2392 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
49323 | 2393 GtkWidget *menubar; |
2394 FRAME_PTR f; | |
49572 | 2395 GList **list; |
2396 GList *iter; | |
2397 int pos; | |
49323 | 2398 widget_value *val; |
2399 GCallback select_cb; | |
2400 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2401 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2402 { | |
49572 | 2403 if (! iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2404 return; |
49572 | 2405 else if (iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2406 { |
49572 | 2407 /* Item(s) have been removed. Remove all remaining items. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2408 xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2409 |
2410 /* All updated. */ | |
2411 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2412 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2413 } |
49572 | 2414 else if (! iter && val) |
49323 | 2415 { |
2416 /* Item(s) added. Add all new items in one call. */ | |
2417 create_menus (val, f, select_cb, 0, highlight_cb, | |
2418 0, 1, 0, menubar, cl_data, 0); | |
2419 | |
2420 /* All updated. */ | |
2421 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2422 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2423 } |
49572 | 2424 /* Below this neither iter or val is NULL */ |
2425 else if (xg_item_label_same_p (GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data), val->name)) | |
49323 | 2426 { |
2427 /* This item is still the same, check next item. */ | |
2428 val = val->next; | |
49572 | 2429 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
2430 ++pos; | |
49323 | 2431 } |
2432 else /* This item is changed. */ | |
2433 { | |
49572 | 2434 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); |
49323 | 2435 GtkMenuItem *witem2 = 0; |
2436 int val_in_menubar = 0; | |
49572 | 2437 int iter_in_new_menubar = 0; |
2438 GList *iter2; | |
49323 | 2439 widget_value *cur; |
2440 | |
2441 /* See if the changed entry (val) is present later in the menu bar */ | |
49572 | 2442 for (iter2 = iter; |
2443 iter2 && ! val_in_menubar; | |
2444 iter2 = g_list_next (iter2)) | |
49323 | 2445 { |
49572 | 2446 witem2 = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter2->data); |
49323 | 2447 val_in_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem2, val->name); |
2448 } | |
2449 | |
49572 | 2450 /* See if the current entry (iter) is present later in the |
49323 | 2451 specification for the new menu bar. */ |
49572 | 2452 for (cur = val; cur && ! iter_in_new_menubar; cur = cur->next) |
2453 iter_in_new_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name); | |
2454 | |
2455 if (val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) | |
49323 | 2456 { |
49572 | 2457 int nr = pos; |
2458 | |
49323 | 2459 /* This corresponds to: |
2460 Current: A B C | |
2461 New: A C | |
2462 Remove B. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2463 |
49323 | 2464 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); |
2465 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2466 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2467 | |
2468 /* Must get new list since the old changed. */ | |
49572 | 2469 g_list_free (*list); |
2470 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2471 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2472 } |
49572 | 2473 else if (! val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2474 { |
2475 /* This corresponds to: | |
2476 Current: A B C | |
2477 New: A X C | |
2478 Rename B to X. This might seem to be a strange thing to do, | |
2479 since if there is a menu under B it will be totally wrong for X. | |
2480 But consider editing a C file. Then there is a C-mode menu | |
2481 (corresponds to B above). | |
2482 If then doing C-x C-f the minibuf menu (X above) replaces the | |
2483 C-mode menu. When returning from the minibuffer, we get | |
2484 back the C-mode menu. Thus we do: | |
2485 Rename B to X (C-mode to minibuf menu) | |
2486 Rename X to B (minibuf to C-mode menu). | |
2487 If the X menu hasn't been invoked, the menu under B | |
2488 is up to date when leaving the minibuffer. */ | |
2489 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2490 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2491 GtkWidget *submenu = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2492 |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2493 gtk_label_set_text (wlabel, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2494 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2495 /* If this item has a submenu that has been detached, change |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2496 the title in the WM decorations also. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2497 if (submenu && gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (submenu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2498 /* Set the title of the detached window. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2499 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (submenu), utf8_label); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2500 |
49572 | 2501 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2502 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2503 ++pos; |
49323 | 2504 } |
49572 | 2505 else if (! val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2506 { |
2507 /* This corresponds to: | |
2508 Current: A B C | |
2509 New: A X B C | |
2510 Insert X. */ | |
2511 | |
49572 | 2512 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2513 GList *group = 0; |
2514 GtkWidget *w = xg_create_one_menuitem (val, | |
2515 f, | |
2516 select_cb, | |
2517 highlight_cb, | |
2518 cl_data, | |
2519 &group); | |
2520 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2521 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2522 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2523 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (NULL, f, |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2524 select_cb, NULL, highlight_cb, |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2525 0, 0, 0, 0, cl_data, 0); |
49323 | 2526 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
2527 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), w, pos); | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2528 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); |
49323 | 2529 |
49572 | 2530 g_list_free (*list); |
2531 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2532 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2533 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2534 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2535 ++pos; |
49323 | 2536 } |
49572 | 2537 else /* if (val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) */ |
49323 | 2538 { |
49572 | 2539 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2540 /* This corresponds to: |
2541 Current: A B C | |
2542 New: A C B | |
2543 Move C before B */ | |
2544 | |
2545 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2546 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2547 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), | |
2548 GTK_WIDGET (witem2), pos); | |
2549 gtk_widget_unref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2550 | |
49572 | 2551 g_list_free (*list); |
2552 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2553 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
76906
bb6e75c27940
(xg_update_menubar): Call g_list_next after moving
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75576
diff
changeset
|
2554 if (iter) iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2555 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2556 ++pos; |
49323 | 2557 } |
2558 } | |
2559 | |
2560 /* Update the rest of the menu bar. */ | |
49572 | 2561 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
2562 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
49323 | 2563 } |
2564 | |
2565 /* Update the menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2566 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2567 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2568 CL_DATA is the data to set in the widget for menu invokation. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2569 |
49323 | 2570 static void |
2571 xg_update_menu_item (val, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2572 widget_value *val; | |
2573 GtkWidget *w; | |
2574 GCallback select_cb; | |
2575 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2576 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2577 { | |
2578 GtkWidget *wchild; | |
2579 GtkLabel *wlbl = 0; | |
2580 GtkLabel *wkey = 0; | |
2581 char *utf8_label; | |
2582 char *utf8_key; | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2583 const char *old_label = 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2584 const char *old_key = 0; |
49323 | 2585 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2586 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2587 wchild = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (w)); |
49323 | 2588 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); |
2589 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (val->key); | |
2590 | |
2591 /* See if W is a menu item with a key. See make_menu_item above. */ | |
2592 if (GTK_IS_HBOX (wchild)) | |
2593 { | |
2594 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wchild)); | |
2595 | |
2596 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); | |
2597 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2598 g_list_free (list); |
2599 | |
49323 | 2600 if (! utf8_key) |
2601 { | |
2602 /* Remove the key and keep just the label. */ | |
2603 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2604 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2605 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2606 wkey = 0; | |
2607 } | |
49572 | 2608 |
49323 | 2609 } |
2610 else /* Just a label. */ | |
2611 { | |
2612 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (wchild); | |
2613 | |
2614 /* Check if there is now a key. */ | |
2615 if (utf8_key) | |
2616 { | |
2617 GtkWidget *wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
2618 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wtoadd)); | |
49572 | 2619 |
49323 | 2620 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); |
2621 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2622 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2623 |
2624 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2625 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); | |
2626 } | |
2627 } | |
2628 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2629 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2630 if (wkey) old_key = gtk_label_get_label (wkey); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2631 if (wlbl) old_label = gtk_label_get_label (wlbl); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2632 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2633 if (wkey && utf8_key && (! old_key || strcmp (utf8_key, old_key) != 0)) |
49323 | 2634 gtk_label_set_text (wkey, utf8_key); |
2635 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2636 if (! old_label || strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) != 0) |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2637 gtk_label_set_text (wlbl, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2638 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2639 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != val->key) g_free (utf8_key); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2640 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != val->name) g_free (utf8_label); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2641 |
49323 | 2642 if (! val->enabled && GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) |
2643 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
2644 else if (val->enabled && ! GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) | |
2645 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, TRUE); | |
2646 | |
2647 cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2648 XG_ITEM_DATA); | |
2649 if (cb_data) | |
2650 { | |
2651 cb_data->call_data = val->call_data; | |
2652 cb_data->help = val->help; | |
2653 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2654 |
49323 | 2655 /* We assume the callback functions don't change. */ |
2656 if (val->call_data && ! val->contents) | |
2657 { | |
2658 /* This item shall have a select callback. */ | |
2659 if (! cb_data->select_id) | |
2660 cb_data->select_id | |
2661 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", | |
2662 select_cb, cb_data); | |
2663 } | |
2664 else if (cb_data->select_id) | |
2665 { | |
2666 g_signal_handler_disconnect (w, cb_data->select_id); | |
2667 cb_data->select_id = 0; | |
2668 } | |
2669 } | |
2670 } | |
2671 | |
2672 /* Update the toggle menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2673 |
49323 | 2674 static void |
2675 xg_update_toggle_item (val, w) | |
2676 widget_value *val; | |
2677 GtkWidget *w; | |
2678 { | |
2679 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2680 } | |
2681 | |
2682 /* Update the radio menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2683 |
49323 | 2684 static void |
2685 xg_update_radio_item (val, w) | |
2686 widget_value *val; | |
2687 GtkWidget *w; | |
2688 { | |
2689 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2690 } | |
2691 | |
2692 /* Update the sub menu SUBMENU and all its children so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2693 SUBMENU may be NULL, in that case a new menu is created. | |
2694 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2695 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2696 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2697 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2698 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2699 CL_DATA is the call back data to use for any newly created items. | |
2700 | |
2701 Returns the updated submenu widget, that is SUBMENU unless SUBMENU | |
2702 was NULL. */ | |
2703 | |
2704 static GtkWidget * | |
2705 xg_update_submenu (submenu, f, val, | |
2706 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2707 GtkWidget *submenu; | |
2708 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2709 widget_value *val; | |
2710 GCallback select_cb; | |
2711 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2712 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2713 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2714 { | |
2715 GtkWidget *newsub = submenu; | |
2716 GList *list = 0; | |
2717 GList *iter; | |
2718 widget_value *cur; | |
2719 int has_tearoff_p = 0; | |
2720 GList *first_radio = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2721 |
49323 | 2722 if (submenu) |
2723 list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (submenu)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2724 |
49323 | 2725 for (cur = val, iter = list; |
2726 cur && iter; | |
2727 iter = g_list_next (iter), cur = cur->next) | |
2728 { | |
2729 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2730 | |
2731 /* Skip tearoff items, they have no counterpart in val. */ | |
2732 if (GTK_IS_TEAROFF_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2733 { | |
2734 has_tearoff_p = 1; | |
2735 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2736 if (iter) w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2737 else break; | |
2738 } | |
2739 | |
2740 /* Remember first radio button in a group. If we get a mismatch in | |
2741 a radio group we must rebuild the whole group so that the connections | |
2742 in GTK becomes correct. */ | |
2743 if (cur->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO && ! first_radio) | |
2744 first_radio = iter; | |
2745 else if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO | |
2746 && ! GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2747 first_radio = 0; | |
2748 | |
2749 if (GTK_IS_SEPARATOR_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2750 { | |
2751 if (! xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2752 break; | |
2753 } | |
2754 else if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2755 { | |
2756 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) | |
2757 break; | |
2758 xg_update_toggle_item (cur, w); | |
2759 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2760 } | |
2761 else if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2762 { | |
2763 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
2764 break; | |
2765 xg_update_radio_item (cur, w); | |
2766 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2767 } | |
2768 else if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2769 { | |
2770 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (w); | |
2771 GtkWidget *sub; | |
2772 | |
2773 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_NONE || | |
2774 xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2775 break; | |
2776 | |
2777 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2778 | |
2779 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2780 if (sub && ! cur->contents) | |
2781 { | |
2782 /* Not a submenu anymore. */ | |
2783 gtk_widget_ref (sub); | |
2784 gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (witem); | |
2785 gtk_widget_destroy (sub); | |
2786 } | |
2787 else if (cur->contents) | |
2788 { | |
2789 GtkWidget *nsub; | |
2790 | |
2791 nsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, f, cur->contents, | |
2792 select_cb, deactivate_cb, | |
2793 highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2794 | |
2795 /* If this item just became a submenu, we must set it. */ | |
2796 if (nsub != sub) | |
2797 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, nsub); | |
2798 } | |
2799 } | |
2800 else | |
2801 { | |
2802 /* Structural difference. Remove everything from here and down | |
2803 in SUBMENU. */ | |
2804 break; | |
2805 } | |
2806 } | |
2807 | |
2808 /* Remove widgets from first structual change. */ | |
2809 if (iter) | |
2810 { | |
2811 /* If we are adding new menu items below, we must remove from | |
2812 first radio button so that radio groups become correct. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2813 if (cur && first_radio) xg_destroy_widgets (first_radio); |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2814 else xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2815 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2816 |
49323 | 2817 if (cur) |
2818 { | |
2819 /* More items added. Create them. */ | |
2820 newsub = create_menus (cur, | |
2821 f, | |
2822 select_cb, | |
2823 deactivate_cb, | |
2824 highlight_cb, | |
2825 0, | |
2826 0, | |
2827 ! has_tearoff_p, | |
2828 submenu, | |
2829 cl_data, | |
2830 0); | |
2831 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2832 |
49572 | 2833 if (list) g_list_free (list); |
2834 | |
49323 | 2835 return newsub; |
2836 } | |
2837 | |
2838 /* Update the MENUBAR. | |
2839 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2840 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2841 If DEEP_P is non-zero, rebuild all but the top level menu names in | |
2842 the MENUBAR. If DEEP_P is zero, just rebuild the names in the menubar. | |
2843 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2844 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2845 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2846 |
49323 | 2847 void |
2848 xg_modify_menubar_widgets (menubar, f, val, deep_p, | |
2849 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2850 GtkWidget *menubar; | |
2851 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2852 widget_value *val; | |
2853 int deep_p; | |
2854 GCallback select_cb; | |
2855 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2856 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2857 { | |
2858 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2859 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2860 | |
2861 if (! list) return; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2862 |
49323 | 2863 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (menubar), |
2864 XG_FRAME_DATA); | |
2865 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2866 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, &list, list, 0, val->contents, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2867 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2868 |
64783
0975467abc17
* gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): Remove semicolon that
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
2869 if (deep_p) |
49323 | 2870 { |
2871 widget_value *cur; | |
2872 | |
2873 /* Update all sub menus. | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2874 We must keep the submenus (GTK menu item widgets) since the |
49323 | 2875 X Window in the XEvent that activates the menu are those widgets. */ |
2876 | |
2877 /* Update cl_data, menu_item things in F may have changed. */ | |
2878 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2879 | |
2880 for (cur = val->contents; cur; cur = cur->next) | |
2881 { | |
49572 | 2882 GList *iter; |
49323 | 2883 GtkWidget *sub = 0; |
2884 GtkWidget *newsub; | |
2885 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2886 | |
2887 /* Find sub menu that corresponds to val and update it. */ | |
2888 for (iter = list ; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) | |
2889 { | |
2890 witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); | |
2891 if (xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name)) | |
2892 { | |
2893 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2894 break; | |
2895 } | |
2896 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2897 |
49323 | 2898 newsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, |
2899 f, | |
2900 cur->contents, | |
2901 select_cb, | |
2902 deactivate_cb, | |
2903 highlight_cb, | |
2904 cl_data); | |
2905 /* sub may still be NULL. If we just updated non deep and added | |
2906 a new menu bar item, it has no sub menu yet. So we set the | |
2907 newly created sub menu under witem. */ | |
2908 if (newsub != sub) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2909 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2910 xg_set_screen (newsub, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2911 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, newsub); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2912 } |
49323 | 2913 } |
2914 } | |
2915 | |
49572 | 2916 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2917 gtk_widget_show_all (menubar); |
2918 } | |
2919 | |
2920 /* Recompute all the widgets of frame F, when the menu bar has been | |
2921 changed. Value is non-zero if widgets were updated. */ | |
2922 | |
2923 int | |
2924 xg_update_frame_menubar (f) | |
2925 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2926 { | |
2927 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2928 GtkRequisition req; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2929 |
49323 | 2930 if (!x->menubar_widget || GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (x->menubar_widget)) |
2931 return 0; | |
2932 | |
2933 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2934 | |
2935 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, | |
2936 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
2937 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, 0); | |
2938 | |
2939 gtk_widget_show_all (x->menubar_widget); | |
2940 gtk_widget_size_request (x->menubar_widget, &req); | |
2941 | |
2942 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
2943 | |
2944 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
2945 rows to what we had before adding the menu bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
2946 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2947 |
49323 | 2948 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
2949 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
50106
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2950 |
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2951 return 1; |
49323 | 2952 } |
2953 | |
2954 /* Get rid of the menu bar of frame F, and free its storage. | |
2955 This is used when deleting a frame, and when turning off the menu bar. */ | |
2956 | |
2957 void | |
2958 free_frame_menubar (f) | |
2959 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2960 { | |
2961 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2962 | |
2963 if (x->menubar_widget) | |
2964 { | |
2965 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2966 | |
2967 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget); | |
2968 /* The menubar and its children shall be deleted when removed from | |
2969 the container. */ | |
2970 x->menubar_widget = 0; | |
2971 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
2972 | |
2973 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
2974 rows to what we had before removing the menu bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
2975 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 2976 |
2977 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
2978 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2979 } | |
2980 } | |
2981 | |
2982 | |
2983 | |
2984 /*********************************************************************** | |
2985 Scroll bar functions | |
2986 ***********************************************************************/ | |
2987 | |
2988 | |
2989 /* Setting scroll bar values invokes the callback. Use this variable | |
2990 to indicate that callback should do nothing. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2991 |
49323 | 2992 int xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar; |
2993 | |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
2994 /* Xlib's `Window' fits in 32 bits. But we want to store pointers, and they |
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
2995 may be larger than 32 bits. Keep a mapping from integer index to widget |
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
2996 pointers to get around the 32 bit limitation. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2997 |
49323 | 2998 static struct |
2999 { | |
3000 GtkWidget **widgets; | |
3001 int max_size; | |
3002 int used; | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3003 } id_to_widget; |
49323 | 3004 |
3005 /* Grow this much every time we need to allocate more */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3006 |
49323 | 3007 #define ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR 32 |
3008 | |
3009 /* Store the widget pointer W in id_to_widget and return the integer index. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3010 |
49323 | 3011 static int |
3012 xg_store_widget_in_map (w) | |
3013 GtkWidget *w; | |
3014 { | |
3015 int i; | |
3016 | |
3017 if (id_to_widget.max_size == id_to_widget.used) | |
3018 { | |
3019 int new_size = id_to_widget.max_size + ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR; | |
3020 | |
3021 id_to_widget.widgets = xrealloc (id_to_widget.widgets, | |
3022 sizeof (GtkWidget *)*new_size); | |
3023 | |
3024 for (i = id_to_widget.max_size; i < new_size; ++i) | |
3025 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = 0; | |
3026 id_to_widget.max_size = new_size; | |
3027 } | |
3028 | |
3029 /* Just loop over the array and find a free place. After all, | |
3030 how many scroll bars are we creating? Should be a small number. | |
3031 The check above guarantees we will find a free place. */ | |
3032 for (i = 0; i < id_to_widget.max_size; ++i) | |
3033 { | |
3034 if (! id_to_widget.widgets[i]) | |
3035 { | |
3036 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = w; | |
3037 ++id_to_widget.used; | |
3038 | |
3039 return i; | |
3040 } | |
3041 } | |
3042 | |
3043 /* Should never end up here */ | |
3044 abort (); | |
3045 } | |
3046 | |
3047 /* Remove pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. | |
3048 Called when scroll bar is destroyed. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3049 |
49323 | 3050 static void |
3051 xg_remove_widget_from_map (idx) | |
3052 int idx; | |
3053 { | |
3054 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
3055 { | |
3056 id_to_widget.widgets[idx] = 0; | |
3057 --id_to_widget.used; | |
3058 } | |
3059 } | |
3060 | |
3061 /* Get the widget pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3062 |
49323 | 3063 static GtkWidget * |
3064 xg_get_widget_from_map (idx) | |
3065 int idx; | |
3066 { | |
3067 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
3068 return id_to_widget.widgets[idx]; | |
3069 | |
3070 return 0; | |
3071 } | |
3072 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3073 /* Return the scrollbar id for X Window WID on display DPY. |
50063 | 3074 Return -1 if WID not in id_to_widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3075 |
50063 | 3076 int |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3077 xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (dpy, wid) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3078 Display *dpy; |
50063 | 3079 Window wid; |
3080 { | |
3081 int idx; | |
3082 GtkWidget *w; | |
3083 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3084 w = xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wid); |
50063 | 3085 |
3086 if (w) | |
3087 { | |
3088 for (idx = 0; idx < id_to_widget.max_size; ++idx) | |
3089 if (id_to_widget.widgets[idx] == w) | |
3090 return idx; | |
3091 } | |
3092 | |
3093 return -1; | |
3094 } | |
3095 | |
49323 | 3096 /* Callback invoked when scroll bar WIDGET is destroyed. |
3097 DATA is the index into id_to_widget for WIDGET. | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
3098 We free pointer to last scroll bar values here and remove the index. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3099 |
49323 | 3100 static void |
3101 xg_gtk_scroll_destroy (widget, data) | |
3102 GtkWidget *widget; | |
3103 gpointer data; | |
3104 { | |
3105 gpointer p; | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3106 int id = (int) (EMACS_INT) data; /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3107 |
49323 | 3108 p = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_LAST_SB_DATA); |
3109 if (p) xfree (p); | |
3110 xg_remove_widget_from_map (id); | |
3111 } | |
3112 | |
3113 /* Callback for button press/release events. Used to start timer so that | |
3114 the scroll bar repetition timer in GTK gets handeled. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3115 Also, sets bar->dragging to Qnil when dragging (button release) is done. |
49323 | 3116 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget the event is for (not used). |
3117 EVENT contains the event. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3118 USER_DATA points to the struct scrollbar structure. |
49323 | 3119 |
3120 Returns FALSE to tell GTK that it shall continue propagate the event | |
3121 to widgets. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3122 |
49323 | 3123 static gboolean |
3124 scroll_bar_button_cb (widget, event, user_data) | |
3125 GtkWidget *widget; | |
3126 GdkEventButton *event; | |
3127 gpointer user_data; | |
3128 { | |
3129 if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS && ! xg_timer) | |
3130 xg_start_timer (); | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3131 else if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE) |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3132 { |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3133 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) user_data; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3134 if (xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3135 bar->dragging = Qnil; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3136 } |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3137 |
49323 | 3138 return FALSE; |
3139 } | |
3140 | |
3141 /* Create a scroll bar widget for frame F. Store the scroll bar | |
3142 in BAR. | |
3143 SCROLL_CALLBACK is the callback to invoke when the value of the | |
3144 bar changes. | |
3145 SCROLL_BAR_NAME is the name we use for the scroll bar. Can be used | |
3146 to set resources for the widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3147 |
49323 | 3148 void |
3149 xg_create_scroll_bar (f, bar, scroll_callback, scroll_bar_name) | |
3150 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3151 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
3152 GCallback scroll_callback; | |
3153 char *scroll_bar_name; | |
3154 { | |
3155 GtkWidget *wscroll; | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3156 GtkWidget *webox; |
49323 | 3157 GtkObject *vadj; |
3158 int scroll_id; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3159 |
49323 | 3160 /* Page, step increment values are not so important here, they |
3161 will be corrected in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb. */ | |
3162 vadj = gtk_adjustment_new (XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MAX, | |
3163 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); | |
3164 | |
3165 wscroll = gtk_vscrollbar_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (vadj)); | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3166 webox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
49323 | 3167 gtk_widget_set_name (wscroll, scroll_bar_name); |
3168 gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3169 |
49323 | 3170 scroll_id = xg_store_widget_in_map (wscroll); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3171 |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3172 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
49323 | 3173 "value-changed", |
3174 scroll_callback, | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3175 (gpointer) bar); |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3176 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 3177 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3178 "destroy", | |
3179 G_CALLBACK (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy), | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3180 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) scroll_id); |
49323 | 3181 |
3182 /* Connect to button press and button release to detect if any scroll bar | |
3183 has the pointer. */ | |
3184 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), | |
3185 "button-press-event", | |
3186 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3187 (gpointer) bar); |
49323 | 3188 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3189 "button-release-event", | |
3190 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3191 (gpointer) bar); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3192 |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3193 /* The scroll bar widget does not draw on a window of its own. Instead |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3194 it draws on the parent window, in this case the edit widget. So |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3195 whenever the edit widget is cleared, the scroll bar needs to redraw |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3196 also, which causes flicker. Put an event box between the edit widget |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3197 and the scroll bar, so the scroll bar instead draws itself on the |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3198 event box window. */ |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3199 gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (f->output_data.x->edit_widget), webox, -1, -1); |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3200 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (webox), wscroll); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3201 |
49323 | 3202 |
3203 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. */ | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3204 xg_set_cursor (webox, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 3205 |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3206 bar->x_window = scroll_id; |
49323 | 3207 } |
3208 | |
3209 /* Make the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID visible. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3210 |
49323 | 3211 void |
3212 xg_show_scroll_bar (scrollbar_id) | |
3213 int scrollbar_id; | |
3214 { | |
3215 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
3216 if (w) | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3217 gtk_widget_show_all (gtk_widget_get_parent (w)); |
49323 | 3218 } |
3219 | |
3220 /* Remove the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID from the frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3221 |
49323 | 3222 void |
3223 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f, scrollbar_id) | |
3224 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3225 int scrollbar_id; | |
3226 { | |
3227 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
3228 if (w) | |
3229 { | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3230 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (w); |
49323 | 3231 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3232 gtk_widget_destroy (wparent); |
49323 | 3233 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3234 } | |
3235 } | |
3236 | |
3237 /* Update the position of the vertical scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID | |
3238 in frame F. | |
3239 TOP/LEFT are the new pixel positions where the bar shall appear. | |
3240 WIDTH, HEIGHT is the size in pixels the bar shall have. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3241 |
49323 | 3242 void |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3243 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f, scrollbar_id, top, left, width, height) |
49323 | 3244 FRAME_PTR f; |
3245 int scrollbar_id; | |
3246 int top; | |
3247 int left; | |
3248 int width; | |
3249 int height; | |
3250 { | |
49572 | 3251 |
3252 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3253 |
49572 | 3254 if (wscroll) |
3255 { | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3256 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3257 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (wscroll); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3258 |
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3259 /* Move and resize to new values. */ |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3260 gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), wparent, left, top); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3261 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wscroll, width, height); |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3262 gtk_widget_queue_draw (wparent); |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3263 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3264 /* GTK does not redraw until the main loop is entered again, but |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3265 if there are no X events pending we will not enter it. So we sync |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3266 here to get some events. */ |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3267 x_sync (f); |
49572 | 3268 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3269 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
3270 } | |
49323 | 3271 } |
3272 | |
3273 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently | |
3274 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3275 |
49323 | 3276 void |
3277 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) | |
3278 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
3279 int portion, position, whole; | |
3280 { | |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3281 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (bar->x_window); |
49323 | 3282 |
3283 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
3284 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3285 if (wscroll && NILP (bar->dragging)) |
49323 | 3286 { |
3287 GtkAdjustment *adj; | |
3288 gdouble shown; | |
3289 gdouble top; | |
3290 int size, value; | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3291 int new_step; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3292 int changed = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3293 |
49323 | 3294 adj = gtk_range_get_adjustment (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)); |
3295 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3296 /* We do the same as for MOTIF in xterm.c, assume 30 chars per line |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3297 rather than the real portion value. This makes the thumb less likely |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3298 to resize and that looks better. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3299 portion = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar->window)) * 30; |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3300 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole. |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3301 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */ |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3302 whole += portion; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3303 |
49323 | 3304 if (whole <= 0) |
3305 top = 0, shown = 1; | |
3306 else | |
3307 { | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3308 top = (gdouble) position / whole; |
49323 | 3309 shown = (gdouble) portion / whole; |
3310 } | |
3311 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3312 size = shown * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3313 size = min (size, XG_SB_RANGE); |
49323 | 3314 size = max (size, 1); |
3315 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3316 value = top * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3317 value = min (value, XG_SB_MAX - size); |
49323 | 3318 value = max (value, XG_SB_MIN); |
3319 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3320 /* Assume all lines are of equal size. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3321 new_step = size / max (1, FRAME_LINES (f)); |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3322 |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3323 if ((int) adj->page_size != size |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3324 || (int) adj->step_increment != new_step) |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3325 { |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3326 adj->page_size = size; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3327 adj->step_increment = new_step; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3328 /* Assume a page increment is about 95% of the page size */ |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3329 adj->page_increment = (int) (0.95*adj->page_size); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3330 changed = 1; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3331 } |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3332 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3333 if (changed || (int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3334 { |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3335 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3336 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3337 BLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3338 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3339 /* gtk_range_set_value invokes the callback. Set |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3340 ignore_gtk_scrollbar to make the callback do nothing */ |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3341 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 1; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3342 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3343 if ((int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3344 gtk_range_set_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), (gdouble)value); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3345 else if (changed) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3346 gtk_adjustment_changed (adj); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3347 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3348 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3349 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3350 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3351 } |
49323 | 3352 } |
3353 } | |
3354 | |
3355 | |
3356 /*********************************************************************** | |
3357 Tool bar functions | |
3358 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3359 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is | |
3360 the image used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update | |
3361 the GtkImage with a new image. */ | |
3362 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA "emacs-tool-bar-image" | |
3363 | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3364 /* The key for storing the latest modifiers so the activate callback can |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3365 get them. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3366 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER "emacs-tool-bar-modifier" |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3367 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3368 /* The key for storing the button widget in its proxy menu item. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3369 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON "emacs-tool-bar-proxy-button" |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3370 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3371 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3372 the stock name used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3373 the GtkImage with a new image. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3374 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-stock-name" |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3375 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3376 /* As above, but this is used for named theme widgets, as opposed to |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3377 stock items. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3378 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-icon-name" |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3379 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3380 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3381 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3382 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3383 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3384 |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3385 static gboolean |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3386 xg_tool_bar_button_cb (widget, event, user_data) |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3387 GtkWidget *widget; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3388 GdkEventButton *event; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3389 gpointer user_data; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3390 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3391 /* Casts to avoid warnings when gpointer is 64 bits and int is 32 bits */ |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3392 gpointer ptr = (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) event->state; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3393 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER, ptr); |
68922 | 3394 return FALSE; |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3395 } |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3396 |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3397 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3398 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3399 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3400 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3401 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3402 |
49323 | 3403 static void |
3404 xg_tool_bar_callback (w, client_data) | |
3405 GtkWidget *w; | |
3406 gpointer client_data; | |
3407 { | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3408 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3409 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3410 int mod = (int) (EMACS_INT) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3411 XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER); |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3412 |
49323 | 3413 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3414 Lisp_Object key, frame; | |
3415 struct input_event event; | |
51569
e7bd8581e306
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Don't pass uninitialized
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51432
diff
changeset
|
3416 EVENT_INIT (event); |
49323 | 3417 |
3418 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
3419 return; | |
3420 | |
3421 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3422 |
49323 | 3423 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); |
3424 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
78538
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3425 |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3426 /* We generate two events here. The first one is to set the prefix |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3427 to `(tool_bar)', see keyboard.c. */ |
49323 | 3428 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
3429 event.frame_or_window = frame; | |
78538
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3430 event.arg = frame; |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3431 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3432 |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3433 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
49323 | 3434 event.frame_or_window = frame; |
3435 event.arg = key; | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3436 /* Convert between the modifier bits GDK uses and the modifier bits |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3437 Emacs uses. This assumes GDK an X masks are the same, which they are when |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3438 this is written. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3439 event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), mod); |
49323 | 3440 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
3441 } | |
3442 | |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3443 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed in a detached |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3444 tool bar or the overflow drop down menu. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3445 We just call xg_tool_bar_callback. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3446 W is the menu item widget that got pressed, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3447 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3448 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3449 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3450 static void |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3451 xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback (w, client_data) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3452 GtkWidget *w; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3453 gpointer client_data; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3454 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3455 GtkWidget *wbutton = GTK_WIDGET (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3456 XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3457 xg_tool_bar_callback (wbutton, client_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3458 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3459 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3460 /* This callback is called when a tool item should create a proxy item, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3461 such as for the overflow menu. Also called when the tool bar is detached. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3462 If we don't create a proxy menu item, the detached tool bar will be |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3463 blank. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3464 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3465 static gboolean |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3466 xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy (toolitem, user_data) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3467 GtkToolItem *toolitem; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3468 gpointer user_data; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3469 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3470 GtkWidget *weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (toolitem)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3471 GtkButton *wbutton = GTK_BUTTON (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox))); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3472 GtkWidget *wmenuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new (); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3473 GtkWidget *wmenuimage; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3474 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3475 if (gtk_button_get_use_stock (wbutton)) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3476 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (gtk_button_get_label (wbutton), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3477 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3478 else |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3479 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3480 GtkImage *wimage = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton))); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3481 GtkSettings *settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (GTK_WIDGET (wbutton)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3482 GtkImageType store_type = gtk_image_get_storage_type (wimage); |
85938
d7e05ac913d8
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
84621
diff
changeset
|
3483 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3484 if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_STOCK) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3485 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3486 gchar *stock_id; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3487 gtk_image_get_stock (wimage, &stock_id, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3488 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3489 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3490 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3491 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3492 GtkIconSet *icon_set; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3493 gtk_image_get_icon_set (wimage, &icon_set, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3494 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_set (icon_set, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3495 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3496 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3497 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3498 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3499 gint width, height; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3500 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3501 if (settings && |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3502 gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings (settings, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3503 &width, &height)) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3504 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3505 GdkPixbuf *src_pixbuf, *dest_pixbuf; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3506 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3507 src_pixbuf = gtk_image_get_pixbuf (wimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3508 dest_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple (src_pixbuf, width, height, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3509 GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3510 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3511 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (dest_pixbuf); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3512 } |
79340
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3513 else |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3514 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3515 fprintf (stderr, "internal error: GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF failed\n"); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3516 abort (); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3517 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3518 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3519 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME) |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3520 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3521 const gchar *icon_name; |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3522 GtkIconSize icon_size; |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3523 |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3524 gtk_image_get_icon_name (wimage, &icon_name, &icon_size); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3525 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3526 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3527 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3528 else |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3529 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3530 fprintf (stderr, "internal error: store_type is %d\n", store_type); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3531 abort (); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3532 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3533 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3534 if (wmenuimage) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3535 gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (wmenuitem), wmenuimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3536 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3537 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3538 "activate", |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3539 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3540 user_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3541 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3542 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3543 (gpointer) wbutton); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3544 gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item (toolitem, "Emacs toolbar item", wmenuitem); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3545 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3546 return TRUE; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3547 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3548 |
49323 | 3549 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is detached. We must set |
3550 the height of the tool bar to zero when this happens so frame sizes | |
3551 are correctly calculated. | |
3552 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3553 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3554 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3555 |
49323 | 3556 static void |
3557 xg_tool_bar_detach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3558 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3559 GtkWidget *w; | |
3560 gpointer client_data; | |
3561 { | |
3562 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3563 extern int x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar; |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3564 |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3565 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", !x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar, |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3566 NULL); |
49323 | 3567 |
3568 if (f) | |
3569 { | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3570 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 1; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3571 |
49323 | 3572 /* When detaching a tool bar, not everything dissapear. There are |
3573 a few pixels left that are used to drop the tool bar back into | |
3574 place. */ | |
3575 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 2; | |
3576 | |
3577 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3578 rows to what we had before detaching the tool bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
3579 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3580 } |
3581 } | |
3582 | |
3583 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is reattached. We must set | |
3584 the height of the tool bar when this happens so frame sizes | |
3585 are correctly calculated. | |
3586 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3587 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3588 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3589 |
49323 | 3590 static void |
3591 xg_tool_bar_attach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3592 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3593 GtkWidget *w; | |
3594 gpointer client_data; | |
3595 { | |
3596 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3597 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", TRUE, NULL); |
49323 | 3598 |
3599 if (f) | |
3600 { | |
3601 GtkRequisition req; | |
3602 | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3603 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3604 |
49323 | 3605 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); |
3606 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
3607 | |
3608 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3609 rows to what we had before attaching the tool bar. */ |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
3610 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3611 } |
3612 } | |
3613 | |
3614 /* This callback is called when the mouse enters or leaves a tool bar item. | |
3615 It is used for displaying and hiding the help text. | |
3616 W is the tool bar item, a button. | |
3617 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. | |
3618 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the | |
3619 tool bar. 0 is the first button. | |
3620 | |
3621 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3622 |
49323 | 3623 static gboolean |
3624 xg_tool_bar_help_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
3625 GtkWidget *w; | |
3626 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
3627 gpointer client_data; | |
3628 { | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3629 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3630 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
49323 | 3631 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3632 Lisp_Object help, frame; | |
3633 | |
3634 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
50108
a9ff586d3d09
(xg_tool_bar_help_callback): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50106
diff
changeset
|
3635 return FALSE; |
49323 | 3636 |
3637 if (event->type == GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY) | |
3638 { | |
3639 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
3640 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); | |
3641 | |
3642 if (NILP (help)) | |
3643 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); | |
3644 } | |
3645 else | |
3646 help = Qnil; | |
3647 | |
3648 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3649 kbd_buffer_store_help_event (frame, help); | |
3650 | |
3651 return FALSE; | |
3652 } | |
3653 | |
3654 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3655 /* This callback is called when a tool bar item shall be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3656 It modifies the expose event so that the GtkImage widget redraws the |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3657 whole image. This to overcome a bug that makes GtkImage draw the image |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3658 in the wrong place when it tries to redraw just a part of the image. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3659 W is the GtkImage to be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3660 EVENT is the expose event for W. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3661 CLIENT_DATA is unused. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3662 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3663 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3664 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3665 static gboolean |
50063 | 3666 xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback (w, event, client_data) |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3667 GtkWidget *w; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3668 GdkEventExpose *event; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3669 gpointer client_data; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3670 { |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3671 gint width, height; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3672 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3673 gdk_drawable_get_size (event->window, &width, &height); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3674 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3675 event->area.x -= width > event->area.width ? width-event->area.width : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3676 event->area.y -= height > event->area.height ? height-event->area.height : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3677 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3678 event->area.x = max (0, event->area.x); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3679 event->area.y = max (0, event->area.y); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3680 |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3681 event->area.width = max (width, event->area.width); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3682 event->area.height = max (height, event->area.height); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3683 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3684 return FALSE; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3685 } |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3686 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3687 /* Attach a tool bar to frame F. */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3688 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3689 static void |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3690 xg_pack_tool_bar (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3691 FRAME_PTR f; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3692 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3693 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3694 int vbox_pos = x->menubar_widget ? 1 : 0; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3695 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3696 x->handlebox_widget = gtk_handle_box_new (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3697 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-detached", |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3698 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback), f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3699 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-attached", |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3700 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_attach_callback), f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3701 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3702 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (x->handlebox_widget), |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3703 x->toolbar_widget); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3704 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3705 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3706 FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3707 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3708 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3709 vbox_pos); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3710 gtk_widget_show_all (x->handlebox_widget); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3711 } |
50063 | 3712 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3713 /* Create a tool bar for frame F. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3714 |
49323 | 3715 static void |
3716 xg_create_tool_bar (f) | |
3717 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3718 { | |
3719 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3720 GtkRequisition req; | |
3721 | |
3722 x->toolbar_widget = gtk_toolbar_new (); | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3723 x->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3724 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3725 gtk_widget_set_name (x->toolbar_widget, "emacs-toolbar"); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3726 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3727 /* We only have icons, so override any user setting. We could |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3728 use the caption property of the toolbar item (see update_frame_tool_bar |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3729 below), but some of those strings are long, making the toolbar so |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3730 long it does not fit on the screen. The GtkToolbar widget makes every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3731 item equal size, so the longest caption determine the size of every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3732 tool bar item. I think the creators of the GtkToolbar widget |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3733 counted on 4 or 5 character long strings. */ |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3734 gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3735 gtk_toolbar_set_orientation (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3736 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); |
49323 | 3737 } |
3738 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3739 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3740 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3741 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3742 /* Find the right-to-left image named by RTL in the tool bar images for F. |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3743 Returns IMAGE if RTL is not found. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3744 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3745 static Lisp_Object |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3746 find_rtl_image (f, image, rtl) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3747 FRAME_PTR f; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3748 Lisp_Object image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3749 Lisp_Object rtl; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3750 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3751 int i; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3752 Lisp_Object file, rtl_name; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3753 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3754 GCPRO2 (file, rtl_name); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3755 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3756 rtl_name = Ffile_name_nondirectory (rtl); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3757 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3758 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3759 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3760 Lisp_Object rtl_image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3761 if (!NILP (file = file_for_image (rtl_image))) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3762 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3763 file = call1 (intern ("file-name-sans-extension"), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3764 Ffile_name_nondirectory (file)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3765 if (EQ (Fequal (file, rtl_name), Qt)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3766 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3767 image = rtl_image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3768 break; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3769 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3770 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3771 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3772 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3773 return image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3774 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3775 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3776 /* Update the tool bar for frame F. Add new buttons and remove old. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3777 |
49323 | 3778 void |
3779 update_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
3780 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3781 { | |
3782 int i; | |
3783 GtkRequisition old_req, new_req; | |
3784 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
75576
e852dba095f9
(update_frame_tool_bar): Initialize h/vmargin to 0.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75417
diff
changeset
|
3785 int hmargin = 0, vmargin = 0; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3786 GtkToolbar *wtoolbar; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3787 GtkToolItem *ti; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3788 GtkTextDirection dir; |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3789 int pack_tool_bar = x->handlebox_widget == NULL; |
49323 | 3790 |
3791 if (! FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
3792 return; | |
3793 | |
3794 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3795 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3796 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3797 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3798 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3799 hmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3800 vmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3801 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3802 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3803 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3804 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3805 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3806 hmargin = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3807 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3808 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3809 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3810 vmargin = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3811 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3812 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3813 /* The natural size (i.e. when GTK uses 0 as margin) looks best, |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3814 so take DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN to mean "default for GTK", |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3815 i.e. zero. This means that margins less than |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3816 DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN has no effect. */ |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3817 hmargin = max (0, hmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3818 vmargin = max (0, vmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3819 |
49323 | 3820 if (! x->toolbar_widget) |
3821 xg_create_tool_bar (f); | |
3822 | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3823 wtoolbar = GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3824 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar), &old_req); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3825 dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (x->toolbar_widget); |
49323 | 3826 |
3827 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) | |
3828 { | |
3829 | |
3830 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P)); | |
3831 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P)); | |
3832 int idx; | |
3833 int img_id; | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3834 int icon_size = 0; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3835 struct image *img = NULL; |
49323 | 3836 Lisp_Object image; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3837 Lisp_Object stock; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3838 GtkStockItem stock_item; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3839 char *stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3840 char *icon_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3841 Lisp_Object rtl; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3842 GtkWidget *wbutton = NULL; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3843 GtkWidget *weventbox; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3844 Lisp_Object func = intern ("x-gtk-map-stock"); |
79460
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3845 Lisp_Object specified_file; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3846 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3847 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), i); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3848 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3849 if (ti) |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3850 { |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3851 weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3852 wbutton = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3853 } |
49323 | 3854 |
3855 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); | |
3856 | |
3857 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */ | |
3858 if (!valid_image_p (image)) | |
3859 { | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3860 if (wbutton) gtk_widget_hide (wbutton); |
49323 | 3861 continue; |
3862 } | |
3863 | |
79460
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3864 specified_file = file_for_image (image); |
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3865 if (!NILP (specified_file) && EQ (Qt, Ffboundp (func))) |
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3866 stock = call1 (func, specified_file); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3867 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3868 if (! NILP (stock) && STRINGP (stock)) |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3869 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3870 stock_name = SSDATA (stock); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3871 if (stock_name[0] == 'n' && stock_name[1] == ':') |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3872 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3873 GdkScreen *screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3874 GtkIconTheme *icon_theme = gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen (screen); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3875 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3876 icon_name = stock_name + 2; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3877 stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3878 stock = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3879 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3880 if (! gtk_icon_theme_has_icon (icon_theme, icon_name)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3881 icon_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3882 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3883 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3884 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3885 else if (gtk_stock_lookup (SSDATA (stock), &stock_item)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3886 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3887 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3888 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3889 stock = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3890 stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3891 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3892 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3893 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3894 if (stock_name == NULL && icon_name == NULL) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3895 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3896 /* No stock image, or stock item not known. Try regular image. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3897 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3898 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3899 button state. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3900 if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3901 && !NILP (rtl = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_RTL_IMAGE)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3902 && STRINGP (rtl)) |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3903 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3904 image = find_rtl_image (f, image, rtl); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3905 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3906 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3907 if (VECTORP (image)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3908 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3909 if (enabled_p) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3910 idx = (selected_p |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3911 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3912 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3913 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3914 idx = (selected_p |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3915 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3916 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3917 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3918 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3919 image = AREF (image, idx); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3920 } |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3921 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3922 idx = -1; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3923 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3924 img_id = lookup_image (f, image); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3925 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (f, img_id); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3926 prepare_image_for_display (f, img); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3927 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3928 if (img->load_failed_p || img->pixmap == None) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3929 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3930 if (ti) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3931 gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3932 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3933 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3934 /* Insert an empty (non-image) button */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3935 weventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3936 wbutton = gtk_button_new (); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3937 gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), FALSE); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3938 gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3939 GTK_RELIEF_NONE); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3940 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (weventbox), wbutton); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3941 ti = gtk_tool_item_new (); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3942 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (ti), weventbox); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3943 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), ti, -1); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3944 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3945 continue; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3946 } |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3947 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3948 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3949 if (ti == NULL) |
49323 | 3950 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3951 GtkWidget *w; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3952 if (stock_name) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3953 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3954 w = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3955 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3956 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3957 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3958 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3959 else if (icon_name) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3960 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3961 w = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3962 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3963 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3964 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3965 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3966 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3967 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3968 w = xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3969 /* Save the image so we can see if an update is needed when |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3970 this function is called again. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3971 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3972 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3973 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3974 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3975 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (w), hmargin, vmargin); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3976 wbutton = gtk_button_new (); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3977 gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), FALSE); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3978 gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), GTK_RELIEF_NONE); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3979 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wbutton), w); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3980 weventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3981 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (weventbox), wbutton); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3982 ti = gtk_tool_item_new (); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3983 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (ti), weventbox); |
78538
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3984 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), ti, -1); |
74376
42ad3938ee1a
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle modifying a toolbar item
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73661
diff
changeset
|
3985 |
42ad3938ee1a
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle modifying a toolbar item
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73661
diff
changeset
|
3986 |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3987 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3988 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), "create-menu-proxy", |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3989 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3990 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3991 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3992 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wbutton), "clicked", |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3993 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3994 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3995 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3996 gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3997 |
49323 | 3998 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3999 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (weventbox), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4000 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4001 /* Catch expose events to overcome an annoying redraw bug, see |
50063 | 4002 comment for xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback. */ |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4003 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4004 "expose-event", |
50063 | 4005 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback), |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4006 0); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4007 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4008 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4009 gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (ti, FALSE); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4010 |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4011 /* Callback to save modifyer mask (Shift/Control, etc). GTK makes |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4012 no distinction based on modifiers in the activate callback, |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4013 so we have to do it ourselves. */ |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4014 g_signal_connect (wbutton, "button-release-event", |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4015 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_button_cb), |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4016 NULL); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4017 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4018 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wbutton), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4019 |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4020 /* Use enter/leave notify to show help. We use the events |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4021 rather than the GtkButton specific signals "enter" and |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4022 "leave", so we can have only one callback. The event |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4023 will tell us what kind of event it is. */ |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4024 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4025 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4026 "enter-notify-event", |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4027 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4028 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4029 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4030 "leave-notify-event", |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4031 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4032 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
49323 | 4033 } |
4034 else | |
4035 { | |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4036 GtkWidget *wimage = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton)); |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4037 Pixmap old_img = (Pixmap)g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4038 XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4039 gpointer old_stock_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4040 XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4041 gpointer old_icon_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4042 XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4043 if (stock_name && |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4044 (! old_stock_name || strcmp (old_stock_name, stock_name) != 0)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4045 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4046 gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4047 stock_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4048 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4049 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4050 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4051 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4052 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4053 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4054 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4055 else if (icon_name && |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4056 (! old_icon_name || strcmp (old_icon_name, icon_name) != 0)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4057 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4058 gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4059 icon_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4060 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4061 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4062 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4063 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4064 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4065 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4066 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4067 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4068 else if (img && old_img != img->pixmap) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4069 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4070 (void) xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, wimage); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4071 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4072 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4073 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4074 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4075 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4076 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4077 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4078 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4079 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (wimage), hmargin, vmargin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4080 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4081 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4082 gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4083 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4084 |
49323 | 4085 #undef PROP |
4086 } | |
4087 | |
4088 /* Remove buttons not longer needed. We just hide them so they | |
4089 can be reused later on. */ | |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4090 do |
49323 | 4091 { |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4092 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), i++); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4093 if (ti) gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4094 } while (ti != NULL); |
49323 | 4095 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4096 new_req.height = 0; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4097 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar), &new_req); |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4098 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4099 if (pack_tool_bar && f->n_tool_bar_items != 0) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4100 xg_pack_tool_bar (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4101 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4102 if (new_req.height != 0 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4103 && f->n_tool_bar_items != 0 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4104 && old_req.height != new_req.height |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
4105 && ! FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached) |
49323 | 4106 { |
4107 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = new_req.height; | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
4108 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 4109 } |
4110 | |
4111 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4112 } | |
4113 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4114 /* Deallocate all resources for the tool bar on frame F. |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4115 Remove the tool bar. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4116 |
49323 | 4117 void |
4118 free_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
4119 FRAME_PTR f; | |
4120 { | |
4121 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
4122 | |
4123 if (x->toolbar_widget) | |
4124 { | |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4125 int is_packed = x->handlebox_widget != 0; |
49323 | 4126 BLOCK_INPUT; |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4127 /* We may have created the toolbar_widget in xg_create_tool_bar, but |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4128 not the x->handlebox_widget which is created in xg_pack_tool_bar. */ |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4129 if (is_packed) |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4130 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4131 x->handlebox_widget); |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4132 else |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4133 gtk_widget_destroy (x->toolbar_widget); |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4134 |
49323 | 4135 x->toolbar_widget = 0; |
4136 x->handlebox_widget = 0; | |
4137 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
4138 | |
4139 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
4140 rows to what we had before removing the tool bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
4141 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 4142 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4143 } | |
4144 } | |
4145 | |
4146 | |
4147 | |
4148 /*********************************************************************** | |
4149 Initializing | |
4150 ***********************************************************************/ | |
4151 void | |
4152 xg_initialize () | |
4153 { | |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4154 GtkBindingSet *binding_set; |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4155 |
75417
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4156 #if HAVE_XFT |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4157 /* Work around a bug with corrupted data if libXft gets unloaded. This way |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4158 we keep it permanently linked in. */ |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4159 XftInit (0); |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4160 #endif |
84621 | 4161 |
4162 gdpy_def = NULL; | |
49323 | 4163 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4164 xg_detached_menus = 0; |
49323 | 4165 xg_menu_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_cb_list.next = |
4166 xg_menu_item_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next = 0; | |
4167 | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4168 id_to_widget.max_size = id_to_widget.used = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4169 id_to_widget.widgets = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4170 |
49323 | 4171 /* Remove F10 as a menu accelerator, it does not mix well with Emacs key |
4172 bindings. It doesn't seem to be any way to remove properties, | |
4173 so we set it to VoidSymbol which in X means "no key". */ | |
4174 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), | |
4175 "gtk-menu-bar-accel", | |
4176 "VoidSymbol", | |
4177 EMACS_CLASS); | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4178 |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4179 /* Make GTK text input widgets use Emacs style keybindings. This is |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4180 Emacs after all. */ |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4181 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4182 "gtk-key-theme-name", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4183 "Emacs", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4184 EMACS_CLASS); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4185 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4186 /* Make dialogs close on C-g. Since file dialog inherits from |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4187 dialog, this works for them also. */ |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4188 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (gtk_type_class (GTK_TYPE_DIALOG)); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4189 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4190 "close", 0); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4191 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4192 /* Make menus close on C-g. */ |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4193 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (gtk_type_class (GTK_TYPE_MENU_SHELL)); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4194 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4195 "cancel", 0); |
49323 | 4196 } |
4197 | |
4198 #endif /* USE_GTK */ | |
52401 | 4199 |
4200 /* arch-tag: fe7104da-bc1e-4aba-9bd1-f349c528f7e3 | |
4201 (do not change this comment) */ |